From d0e7554241898518c7baf5b10e90143db30425eb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Tiffany Chang (tic)" Date: Wed, 10 Dec 2025 10:01:46 +0100 Subject: [PATCH] [I18N] *: re-export pot files As per usual, leave off developer.pot and contributing.pot since we don't translate them (not useful, can't really contribute to/dev in Odoo without knowing English) closes odoo/documentation#15606 Signed-off-by: Dylan Kiss (dyki) Signed-off-by: Tiffany Chang (tic) --- locale/sources/administration.pot | 686 +++++++-------- locale/sources/essentials.pot | 346 ++++---- locale/sources/finance.pot | 1222 ++++++++++++++++---------- locale/sources/general.pot | 106 +-- locale/sources/hr.pot | 4 +- locale/sources/inventory_and_mrp.pot | 779 ++++++++++------ locale/sources/sales.pot | 576 +++++------- locale/sources/studio.pot | 4 +- 8 files changed, 2039 insertions(+), 1684 deletions(-) diff --git a/locale/sources/administration.pot b/locale/sources/administration.pot index 3387f3b9e..7fc0c8745 100644 --- a/locale/sources/administration.pot +++ b/locale/sources/administration.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 18.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-11-18 11:05+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-12-10 08:58+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -17,7 +17,6 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" #: ../../content/administration.rst:8 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:20 msgid "Database management" msgstr "" @@ -526,79 +525,83 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:29 #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:14 #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:109 -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:337 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:330 msgid "Odoo Online" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:5 -msgid "`Odoo Online `_ provides private databases which are fully managed and hosted by Odoo. It can be used for long-term production or to test Odoo thoroughly, including customizations that don't require code." +msgid "`Odoo Online `_ offers private databases hosted and managed by Odoo. Odoo Online databases can be accessed using any web browser and do not require a local installation. They can be used for long-term production or to thoroughly test Odoo, including customizations that do not require custom code." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:10 -msgid "Odoo Online is incompatible with custom modules or the Odoo App Store." +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:11 +msgid "To quickly try out Odoo, shared `demo databases `_ are available for testing. No registration is required; however, each database is only available for a few hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:12 -msgid "Odoo Online databases are accessed using any web browser and do not require a local installation." +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:15 +msgid "Odoo Online is incompatible with custom modules or modules from the `Odoo Apps Store `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:14 -msgid "To quickly try out Odoo, shared `demo `_ instances are available. No registration is required, but each instance only lives for a few hours." +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:21 +msgid "Database manager" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:22 -msgid "To manage a database, go to the `database manager `_ and sign in as the database administrator." +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:23 +msgid "To manage an Odoo Online database, open to the `database manager `_ and sign in as the database administrator." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:25 -msgid "All the main database management options are available by clicking the database name, except the upgrade option, which can be accessed by clicking the **arrow in a circle** icon next to the database name. It is only displayed if an upgrade is available." +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:29 +msgid "Domain names" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:-1 -msgid "Accessing the database management options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:32 -msgid ":ref:`odoo_online/upgrade`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:33 -msgid ":ref:`odoo_online/duplicate`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:34 -msgid ":ref:`odoo_online/rename`" +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:31 +msgid ":doc:`Configure a custom domain name <../applications/websites/website/configuration/domain_names>` by selecting a database and clicking :icon:`fa-globe` :guilabel:`Domain Names`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:35 -msgid ":ref:`odoo_online/download`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:36 -msgid ":ref:`odoo_online/domains`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:37 -msgid ":ref:`odoo_online/tags`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:38 -msgid ":ref:`odoo_online/delete`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:39 -msgid ":ref:`odoo_online/contact-support`" +msgid ":ref:`Register a domain name for free `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:40 -msgid ":ref:`odoo_online/users`" +msgid "Tags" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:41 -msgid ":ref:`odoo_online/web-services`" +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:42 +msgid "Add tags to identify and sort databases by selecting a database and clicking :icon:`fa-tags` :guilabel:`Tags`. In the dialog box, enter a tag, click the :icon:`fa-plus-circle` (:guilabel:`plus`) button, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:46 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:47 +msgid "Search for tags in the :icon:`fa-search` search bar at the top right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:52 +msgid "Hide" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:54 +msgid "Permanently hide the database from the database manager by selecting it and clicking :icon:`fa-eye-slash` :guilabel:`Hide`. In the dialog box, click :guilabel:`Yes, I don't need it anymore`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:59 +msgid "It is possible to access a hidden database through its URL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:64 +msgid "Manage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:66 +msgid "Access all other database management options by selecting it and clicking :icon:`fa-gears` :guilabel:`Manage`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:70 +msgid "Switch plans" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:72 +msgid "Switch `pricing plans `_ by clicking :guilabel:`Switch` under the desired plan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:78 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:521 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:123 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:168 @@ -606,168 +609,109 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Upgrade" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:48 -msgid "Trigger a database upgrade." +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:80 +msgid "Launch a :ref:`database upgrade ` by clicking :guilabel:`Upgrade`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:51 -msgid "For more information about the upgrade process, check out the :ref:`Odoo Online upgrade documentation `." +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:83 +msgid "This option is only displayed when an upgrade is available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:57 -msgid "Duplicate" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:59 -msgid "Create an exact copy of the database, which can be used to perform testing without compromising daily operations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:63 -msgid "By checking :guilabel:`For testing purposes`, all external actions (emails, payments, delivery orders, etc.) are disabled by default on the duplicated database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:65 -msgid "Duplicated databases expire automatically after 15 days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:66 -msgid "A maximum of five duplicates can be made per database. Under extraordinary circumstances, contact `support `_ to raise the limit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:72 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:88 msgid "Rename" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:74 -msgid "Rename the database and its URL." +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:90 +msgid "Rename and change the URL of a database by clicking :guilabel:`Rename`. In the dialog box, enter a :guilabel:`New name` and click :guilabel:`Rename`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:79 -msgid "Download" +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:96 +msgid "Duplicate" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:81 -msgid "Download a ZIP file containing a backup of the database." +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:98 +msgid "Create a copy of the database by clicking :guilabel:`Duplicate`. In the dialog box, enter a :guilabel:`New name` and click :guilabel:`Duplicate`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:84 -msgid "Databases are backed up daily as per the `Odoo Cloud Hosting SLA `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:86 -msgid "If the :guilabel:`Download` option is disabled, it means your database is too large to be downloaded through this method. In this case, please contact `Odoo Support `_ to request an alternative download solution." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:93 -msgid "Domain names" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:95 -msgid "Use a custom :doc:`domain name ` to access the database via another URL." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:99 -msgid "You can :ref:`register a domain name for free `." +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:102 +msgid "By default, the :guilabel:`For testing purposes` option is enabled. It disables all external actions (emails, payments, delivery orders, etc.) on the duplicated database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:104 -msgid "Tags" +msgid "Duplicates expire after 15 days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:106 -msgid "Add tags to easily identify and sort your databases." +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:105 +msgid "A maximum of five duplicates can be created per database. Under extraordinary circumstances, contact `Odoo Support `_ to extend the limit." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:109 -msgid "You can search for tags in the search bar." +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:111 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:97 +msgid "Download a backup" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:114 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:113 +msgid "Download a ZIP file containing a database backup by clicking :guilabel:`Download Backup`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:116 +msgid "Databases are backed up daily as per the `Odoo Cloud Hosting SLA `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:118 +msgid "If the :guilabel:`Download Backup` option is disabled, it means the database is too large to be downloaded using the database manager. Contact `Odoo Support `_ to request an alternative download solution." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:125 +msgid "View admin activity logs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:127 +msgid "View the logs of all actions taken by Odoo employees or the database administrator on the database by clicking :guilabel:`View Admin Activity Logs`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:131 +msgid "Actions taken by Odoo employees are typically the result of requests submitted to Odoo support, done within the context of a quick start project, or necessary to maintain the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:137 +msgid "Transfer ownership" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:139 +msgid "Create a support ticket to request a database ownership transfer by clicking :guilabel:`Transfer Ownership`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:145 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:803 msgid "Delete" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:116 -msgid "Delete a database instantly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:119 -msgid "Deleting a database means that all data is permanently lost. The deletion is instant and applies to all users. It is recommended to create a backup of the database before deleting it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:122 -msgid "Carefully read the warning message and only proceed if the implications of deleting a database are fully understood." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:-1 -msgid "The warning message displayed before deleting a database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:129 -msgid "Only an administrator can delete a database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:130 -msgid "The database name is immediately made available to anyone." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:131 -msgid "Deleting a database if it has expired or is linked to a subscription is impossible. In that case, contact `Odoo Support `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:137 -msgid "Contact us" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:139 -msgid "Access the `Odoo.com support page `_ with the database's details already pre-filled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:145 -msgid "Invite / remove users" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:147 -msgid "To invite users, fill out the new user's email address and click :guilabel:`Invite`. To add multiple users, click :guilabel:`Add more users`." +msgid "Delete the database and close its related subscription by clicking :guilabel:`Delete`. In the dialog box, click :guilabel:`Delete`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:-1 -msgid "Inviting a user on a database" +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:151 +msgid "All the database's data will be deleted instaneously for all users and **cannot be restored**. It is recommended to :ref:`download a backup ` before deleting a database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:153 -msgid "To remove users, select them and click :guilabel:`Remove`." +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:155 +msgid "After deletion, the database's name becomes available to anyone." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:156 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/users`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:157 -msgid ":doc:`odoo_accounts`" +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:160 +msgid "Web services" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:162 -msgid "Web Services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:164 -msgid "In order to programmatically retrieve the list of the databases displayed in the `database manager `_, call the method `list` of the model `odoo.database` via a :doc:`Web Service ` call." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:168 -msgid "Inspired from the examples provided in the :doc:`Web Services ` section, this is how to retrieve this list with the library ``xmlrpc.client``::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:181 -msgid "And here is the equivalent example with JSON-RPC::" +msgid "To retrieve a list of all databases displayed under the `database manager `_ programmatically, call the `list` method of the `odoo.database` model via an :doc:`external JSON-2 API <../developer/reference/external_api>` call." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh.rst:6 #: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:30 #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:22 -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:139 -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:348 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:132 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:341 msgid "Odoo.sh" msgstr "" @@ -786,7 +730,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:7 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:9 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/first_module.rst:6 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:9 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:14 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:9 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:6 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/status.rst:6 @@ -1727,7 +1671,7 @@ msgid "The branches view provides an overview of the different branches in your msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:10 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:41 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:43 msgid "Stages" msgstr "" @@ -1769,7 +1713,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:37 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:499 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:44 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:48 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:132 msgid "Production" msgstr "" @@ -1808,7 +1752,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:72 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:502 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:63 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:69 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:87 msgid "Staging" msgstr "" @@ -1863,7 +1807,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:118 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:505 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:81 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:89 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:57 msgid "Development" msgstr "" @@ -2809,112 +2753,152 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Before deleting a branch, refer to the :ref:`Backups section ` to better understand how they work and when you should create a manual backup." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:6 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:3 msgid "Builds" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:11 -msgid "In Odoo.sh, a build is considered as a database loaded by an Odoo server (`odoo/odoo `_ & `odoo/enterprise `_) running on a specific revision of your project repository in a containerized environment. Its purpose is to test the well-behavior of the server, the database and the features with this revision." +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:5 +msgid "In Odoo.sh, a build is a database loaded by an Odoo server (`odoo/odoo `_ and `odoo/enterprise `_) running on a specific revision of your project repository in a containerized environment. Its purpose is to test the proper behavior of the server, the database, and the features associated with that revision." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:20 -msgid "In this view, a row represents a branch, and a cell of a row represents a build of this branch." +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:-1 +msgid "Overiew of the builds" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:19 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Builds` overview, a row represents a branch, and a cell within that row represents a build of that branch." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:22 -msgid "Most of the time, builds are created following pushes on your Github repository branches. They can be created as well when you do other operations, such as importing a database on Odoo.sh or asking a rebuild for a branch in your project." +msgid "Most builds are created after pushes to your GitHub repository branches. They can also be created through other operations, such as importing a database on Odoo.sh or requesting a rebuild for a branch in your project." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:26 -msgid "A build is considered successful if no errors or warnings come up during its creation. A successful build is highlighted in green." +msgid "Builds can have three possible statuses:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:29 -msgid "A build is considered failed if errors come up during its creation. A failed build is highlighted in red." +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:28 +msgid "A build is considered **successful** if no errors or warnings occur during its creation. Successful builds are highlighted in **green**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:30 +msgid "A build is considered **almost successful** if warnings occur, but there are no errors. Almost successful builds are highlighted in **yellow**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:32 -msgid "If warnings come up during the creation, but there are no errors, the build is considered almost successful. It is highlighted in yellow to notify the developer warnings were raised." +msgid "A build is considered **failed** if errors occur during its creation. Failed builds are highlighted in **red**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:35 -msgid "Builds do not always create a database from scratch. For instance, when pushing a change on the production branch, the build created just starts the server with your new revision and tries to load the current production database on it. If no errors come up, the build is considered successful, and otherwise failed." +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:36 +msgid "Builds do not always create a database from scratch. For instance, when pushing a change on the production branch, the created build starts the server with your new revision and tries to load the current production database on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:46 -msgid "The first build of a production branch creates a database from scratch. If this build is successful, this database is considered as the production database of your project." +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:50 +msgid "The first build of a production branch creates a database from scratch. If this build is successful, this database will become the production database of your project." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:49 -msgid "From then, pushes on the production branch will create new builds that attempt to load the database using a server running with the new revision." +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:53 +msgid "From then on, pushes to the production branch will create new builds that attempt to load the database using a server running the new revision." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:52 -msgid "If the build is successful, or has warnings but no errors, the production database will now run with this build, along with the revision associated to this build." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:55 -msgid "If the build fails to load or update the database, then the previous successful build is re-used to load the database, and therefore the database will run using a server running with the previous successful revision." +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:56 +msgid "If the build is successful or almost successful, the production database will run with this build and its associated revision." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:59 -msgid "The build used to run the production database is always the first of the builds list. If a build fails, it is put after the build currently running the production database." +msgid "If the build fails to load or update the database, the previous successful build is reused to load the database. In that case, the database continues to run using the previous successful revision." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:65 -msgid "Staging builds duplicate the production database, and try to load this duplicate with the revisions of the staging branches." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:68 -msgid "Each time you push a new revision on a staging branch, the build created uses a new copy of the production database. The databases are not re-used between builds of the same branch. This ensures:" +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:63 +msgid "The build used to run the production database is always the first in the builds list. If a build fails, it is placed after the build currently running the production database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:71 -msgid "staging builds use databases that are close to what the production looks like, so you do not make your tests with outdated data," +msgid "Staging builds duplicate the production database and attempt to load this copy using the revisions of the staging branches." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:74 -msgid "you can play around as much as you want in the same staging database, and you can then ask for a rebuild when you want to restart with a new copy of the production." +msgid "Each time you push a new revision to a staging branch, the resulting build uses a fresh copy of the production database. Databases are not reused between builds of the same branch. This ensures that:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:77 -msgid "Nevertheless, this means that if you make configuration changes in staging databases and do not apply them in the production, they will not be passed on the next build of the same staging branch." +msgid "Staging builds use databases that closely match the current production state, so your tests are not performed on outdated data." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:83 -msgid "Development builds create new databases, load the demo data and run the unit tests." +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:79 +msgid "You can freely experiment within a staging database. When you want to start over with a new copy of the production database, you can request a rebuild." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:85 -msgid "A build will be considered failed and highlighted in red if tests fail during the installation, as they are meant to raise errors if something wrong occurs." +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:82 +msgid "However, this also means that if you make configuration changes in a staging database and do not apply them in production, those changes will not be present in the next build of the same staging branch." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:88 -msgid "If all tests pass, and there is no error, the build will be considered successful." +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:91 +msgid "Development builds create new databases, load the demo data, and run the unit tests." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:90 -msgid "According to the list of modules to install and test, a development build can take up to 1 hour to be ready. This is due to the large number of tests set in the default Odoo modules suite." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:94 -msgid "Features" +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:93 +msgid "A build will be considered failed if tests fail during installation, as they are designed to raise errors when something is wrong." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:96 -msgid "The production branch will always appear first, and then the other branches are ordered by last build created. You can filter out the branches." +msgid "If all tests pass and no errors occur, the build is considered successful." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:102 -msgid "For each branch, you can access the last build's database using the *Connect* link and jump to the branch code using the *Github* link. For other branches than the production, you can create a new build which will use the latest revision of the branch using the link *rebuild*. This last link is not available when there is already a build in progress for the branch." +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:99 +msgid "Depending on the list of modules to install and test, a development build can take up to one hour to be ready. This is due to the large number of tests included in the default Odoo module suite." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:110 -msgid "For each build, you can access the revision changes using the button with the Github icon. You can access the build's database as the administrator using the *Connect* button. Also, you can access the database with another user using the *Connect as* button, in the dropdown menu of the *Connect* button." +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:105 +msgid "Features" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:122 -msgid "In the dropdown menu of the build, you can access the same features than in :ref:`the branches view `: *Logs*, *Web Shell*, *Editor*, *Outgoing e-mails*. You also have the possibility to *Download a dump* of the build's database." +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:107 +msgid "The production branch always appears first. Other branches are ordered by the time of their last created build. The stage highlighted in purple corresponds to the stage selected in the :guilabel:`Branches` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:112 +msgid "You can filter branches using the search bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:-1 +msgid "The branches menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:117 +msgid "For each branch, you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:119 +msgid "Access the latest build's database by clicking :guilabel:`Connect`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:120 +msgid "Jump to the branch's code by clicking :guilabel:`Github`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:121 +msgid "Create a new build by clicking :guilabel:`Rebuild`. It uses the latest revision of the branch (it is not available if a build is already in progress for that branch)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:124 +msgid "For each build, you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:126 +msgid "View the revision changes by clicking the :icon:`fa-github` (:guilabel:`GitHub`) icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:127 +msgid "Access the build's database as the administrator by clicking :guilabel:`Connect` or as another user by clicking the :icon:`fa-caret-down` (:guilabel:`More Actions`) button next to :guilabel:`Connect` and selecting :guilabel:`Connect as`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:130 +msgid "Access the same tools as in the branches view by clicking the :icon:`fa-caret-down` (:guilabel:`More Actions`) button next to :guilabel:`Connect` and selecting :guilabel:`Logs`, :guilabel:`Web Shell`, :guilabel:`Editor`, :guilabel:`Outgoing e-mails` (for the staging and development stages), :guilabel:`Monitoring`, and :guilabel:`Download DB dump` (for the production and staging stages)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:-1 +msgid "A build's options" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:3 @@ -3049,15 +3033,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "For publicly available community modules, you may also consider using :doc:`submodules <../advanced/submodules>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:97 -msgid "Download a backup" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:101 #: ../../content/administration/on_premise.rst:5 #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:30 -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:163 -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:371 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:156 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:364 msgid "On-premise" msgstr "" @@ -3194,7 +3174,7 @@ msgid "The online editor allows you to edit the source code of your builds from msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:18 -msgid "You can access the editor of a build through :ref:`the branches tabs `, :ref:`the builds dropdown menu ` or by adding */odoo-sh/editor* to your build domain name (e.g. *https://odoo-addons-master-1.dev.odoo.com/odoo-sh/editor*)." +msgid "You can access the editor of a build through :ref:`the branches tabs `, :ref:`the builds dropdown menu ` or by adding */odoo-sh/editor* to your build domain name (e.g. *https://odoo-addons-master-1.dev.odoo.com/odoo-sh/editor*)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:25 @@ -5767,46 +5747,46 @@ msgid "The Upgrade platform follows the same `Privacy Policy `_." +msgid "To upgrade an Odoo Online database:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:113 +msgid "Open the `database manager `_." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:114 -msgid "The database manager displays all databases associated with the user's account. Databases not on the most recent version of Odoo display an arrow in a circle icon next to their name, indicating that they can be upgraded." +msgid "Select the database and click :icon:`fa-gears` :guilabel:`Manage`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:0 -msgid "The database manager with an upgrade button next to the name of a database." +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:115 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Upgrade` in the :guilabel:`Database` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:116 +msgid "In the popup:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:118 +msgid "Select the **version** of Odoo you want to upgrade to, usually the latest version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:119 +msgid "Enter the :guilabel:`Email to notify`, which will receive a link to the upgraded database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:121 -msgid "Click the **arrow in a circle** icon to start the upgrade process. In the popup, fill in:" +msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Purpose` of the upgrade, which is automatically set to :guilabel:`Test` for your first upgrade request." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:123 -msgid "The **version** of Odoo you want to upgrade to, usually the latest version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:124 -msgid "The **email** address that should receive the link to the upgraded database" +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Upgrade`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:125 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Purpose` of the upgrade, which is automatically set to :guilabel:`Test` for your first upgrade request" +msgid "In the database manager, the :guilabel:`Connect` button will be replaced by an unclickable :guilabel:`Upgrading...` button until completion. Once the process is successful, an email containing a link to the upgraded test database is sent to the address provided. The test database can also be accessed from the database manager by clicking the :icon:`fa-caret-down` (:guilabel:`caret down`) button before the database name to display the test database, then clicking :guilabel:`Connect`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:0 -msgid "The \"Upgrade your database\" popup." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:131 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Upgrade in progress` tag is displayed next to the database name until completion. Once the process succeeds, an email containing a link to the upgraded test database is sent to the address provided. The database can also be accessed from the database manager by clicking the dropdown arrow before the database name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:0 -msgid "Clicking the menu arrow displays the upgraded test database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:141 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:134 msgid "Odoo.sh is integrated with the upgrade platform to simplify the upgrade process." msgstr "" @@ -5814,291 +5794,291 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Odoo.sh project and tabs" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:146 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:139 msgid "The **latest production daily automatic backup** is then sent to the Upgrade platform." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:148 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:141 msgid "Once the upgrade platform is done upgrading the backup and uploading it on the branch, it is put in a **special mode**: each time a **commit is pushed** on the branch, a **restore operation** of the upgraded backup and an **update of all the custom modules** occur. This allows you to test your custom modules on a pristine copy of the upgraded database. The log file of the upgrade process can be found in your newly upgraded staging build by going to :file:`~/logs/upgrade.log`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:156 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:149 msgid "In databases where custom modules are installed, their source code must be up-to-date with the target version of Odoo before the upgrade can be performed. If there are none, the \"update on commit\" mode is skipped, the upgraded database is built as soon as it is transferred from the upgrade platform, and the upgrade mode is exited." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:161 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:154 msgid "Check out the :doc:`/developer/howtos/upgrade_custom_db` page for more information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:165 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:158 msgid "The standard upgrade process can be initiated by entering the following command line on the machine where the database is hosted:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:173 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:166 msgid "This command has some requirements on the environment it runs in:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:175 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:168 msgid "Some external commands that must be provided by the operating system, normally found in any Linux distribution (including WSL). An error will be displayed if one or several of them are missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:178 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:171 msgid "The system user that executes the command needs to be configured with access to the database. Please refer to the PostgreSQL documentation of the `client environment `_ or the `client password file `_ for this requirement." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:182 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:175 msgid "The script needs to be able to reach one or multiple servers of the upgrade platform both on TCP port 443 and to any random TCP port in the range between 32768 and 60999. This can be in conflict with your restrictive firewall and may need an exception added to the firewall configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:187 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:180 msgid "The following command can be used to display the general help and the main commands:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:193 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:186 msgid "An upgraded test database can also be requested via the `Upgrade page `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:197 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:190 msgid "In databases where custom modules are installed, their source code must be up-to-date with the target version of Odoo before the upgrade can be performed. Check out the :doc:`/developer/howtos/upgrade_custom_db` page for more information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:202 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:195 msgid "For security reasons, only the person who submitted the upgrade request can download it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:203 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:196 msgid "For storage reasons, the database's copy is submitted without a filestore to the upgrade server. Therefore, the upgraded database does not contain the production filestore." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:205 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:198 msgid "Before restoring the upgraded database, its filestore must be merged with the production filestore to be able to perform tests in the same conditions as it would be in the new version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:208 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:201 msgid "The upgraded database contains:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:210 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:203 msgid "A `dump.sql` file containing the upgraded database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:211 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:204 msgid "A `filestore` folder containing files extracted from in-database records into attachments (if there are any) and new standard Odoo files from the targeted Odoo version (e.g., new images, icons, payment provider's logos, etc.). This is the folder that should be merged with the production filestore in order to get the full upgraded filestore." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:218 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:211 msgid "You can request multiple test databases if you wish to test an upgrade more than once." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:221 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:214 msgid "When an upgrade request is completed, an upgrade report is attached to the successful upgrade email, and it becomes available in the Discuss app for users who are part of the \"Administration / Settings\" group. This report provides important information about the changes introduced by the new version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:229 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:222 msgid "Testing the new version of the database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:231 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:224 msgid "It is essential to test the upgraded test database to ensure that you are not stuck in your day-to-day activities by a change in views, behavior, or an error message once the upgrade goes live." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:236 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:229 msgid "Test databases are neutralized, and some features are disabled to prevent them from impacting the production database:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:239 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:232 msgid "Scheduled actions are disabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:240 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:233 msgid "Outgoing mail servers are disabled by archiving the existing ones and adding a fake one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:241 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:234 msgid "Payment providers and delivery carriers are reset to the test environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:242 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:235 msgid "Bank synchronization is disabled. Should you want to test the synchronization, contact your bank synchronization provider to get sandbox credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:245 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:238 msgid "Testing as many of your business flows as possible is strongly recommended to ensure they are working correctly and to get more familiar with the new version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:248 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:241 msgid "Basic test checklist" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:250 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:243 msgid "Are there views that are deactivated in your test database but active in your production database?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:252 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:245 msgid "Are your usual views still displayed correctly?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:253 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:246 msgid "Are your reports (invoice, sales order, etc.) correctly generated?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:254 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:247 msgid "Are your website pages working correctly?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:255 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:248 msgid "Are you able to create and modify records? (sales orders, invoices, purchases, users, contacts, companies, etc.)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:257 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:250 msgid "Are there any issues with your mail templates?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:258 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:251 msgid "Are there any issues with saved translations?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:259 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:252 msgid "Are your search filters still present?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:260 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:253 msgid "Can you export your data?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:264 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:257 msgid "Checking a random product in your product catalog and comparing its test and production data to verify everything is the same (product category, selling price, cost price, vendor, accounts, routes, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:267 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:260 msgid "Buying this product (Purchase app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:268 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:261 msgid "Confirming the reception of this product (Inventory app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:269 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:262 msgid "Checking if the route to receive this product is the same in your production database (Inventory app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:271 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:264 msgid "Selling this product (Sales app) to a random customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:272 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:265 msgid "Opening your customer database (Contacts app), selecting a customer (or company), and checking its data." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:274 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:267 msgid "Shipping this product (Inventory app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:275 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:268 msgid "Checking if the route to ship this product is the same as in your production database (Inventory app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:277 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:270 msgid "Validating a customer invoice (Invoicing or Accounting app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:278 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:271 msgid "Crediting the invoice (issuing a credit note) and checking if it behaves as in your production database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:280 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:273 msgid "Checking your reports' results (Accounting app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:281 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:274 msgid "Randomly checking your taxes, currencies, bank accounts, and fiscal year (Accounting app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:282 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:275 msgid "Making an online order (Website apps) from the product selection in your shop until the checkout process and checking if everything behaves as in your production database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:285 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:278 msgid "This list is **not** exhaustive. Extend the example to your other apps based on your use of Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:287 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:280 msgid "If you face an issue while testing your upgraded test database, you can request the assistance of Odoo by going to the `Support page and selecting \"An issue related to my future upgrade (I am testing an upgrade)\" `_. In any case, it is essential to report any problem encountered during the testing to fix it before upgrading your production database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:293 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:286 msgid "You might encounter significant differences with standard views, features, fields, and models during testing. Those changes cannot be reverted on a case-by-case basis. However, if a change introduced by a new version breaks a customization, it is the responsibility of the maintainer of your custom module to make it compatible with the new version of Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:299 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:292 msgid "Do not forget to test:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:301 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:294 msgid "Integrations with external software (EDI, APIs, etc.)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:302 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:295 msgid "Workflows between different apps (online sales with eCommerce, converting a lead all the way to a sales order, delivery of products, etc.)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:304 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:297 msgid "Data exports" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:305 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:298 msgid "Automated actions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:306 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:299 msgid "Server actions in the action menu on form views, as well as by selecting multiple records on list views" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:312 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:305 msgid "Upgrading the production database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:314 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:307 msgid "Once the :ref:`tests ` are completed and you are confident that the upgraded database can be used as your main database without any issues, it is time to plan the go-live day." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:317 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:310 msgid "Your production database will be unavailable during its upgrade. Therefore, we recommend planning the upgrade at a time when the use of the database is minimal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:320 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:313 msgid "As the standard upgrade scripts and your database are constantly evolving, it is also recommended to frequently request another upgraded test database to ensure that the upgrade process is still successful, especially if it takes a long time to finish. **Fully rehearsing the upgrade process the day before upgrading the production database is also recommended.**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:326 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:319 msgid "Going into production without first testing may lead to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:328 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:321 msgid "Users failing to adjust to the changes and new features" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:329 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:322 msgid "Business interruptions (e.g., no longer having the possibility to validate an action)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:330 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:323 msgid "Poor customer experience (e.g., an eCommerce website that does not work correctly)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:332 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:325 msgid "The process of upgrading a production database is similar to upgrading a test database, but with a few exceptions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:339 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:332 msgid "The process is similar to :ref:`obtaining an upgraded test database `, except for the purpose option, which must be set to :guilabel:`Production` instead of :guilabel:`Test`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:344 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:337 msgid "Once the upgrade is requested, the database will be unavailable until the upgrade is finished. Once the process is completed, it is impossible to revert to the previous version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:350 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:343 msgid "The process is similar to :ref:`obtaining an upgraded test database ` on the :guilabel:`Production` branch." msgstr "" @@ -6106,98 +6086,98 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View from the upgrade tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:356 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:349 msgid "The process is **triggered as soon as a new commit is made** on the branch. This allows the upgrade process to be synchronized with the deployment of the custom modules' upgraded source code. If there are no custom modules, the upgrade process is triggered immediately." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:362 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:355 msgid "The database is unavailable throughout the process. If anything goes wrong, the platform automatically reverts the upgrade, as it would be for a regular update. In case of success, a backup of the database before the upgrade is created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:366 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:359 msgid "The update of your custom modules must be successful to complete the entire upgrade process. Make sure the status of your staging upgrade is :guilabel:`successful` before trying it in production. More information on how to upgrade your custom modules can be found on :doc:`/developer/howtos/upgrade_custom_db`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:373 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:366 msgid "The command to upgrade a database to production is similar to the one of upgrading a test database except for the argument `test`, which must be replaced by `production`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:380 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:373 msgid "An upgraded production database can also be requested via the `Upgrade page `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:383 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:376 msgid "Once the database is uploaded, any modification to your production database will **not** be present on your upgraded database. This is why we recommend not using it during the upgrade process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:388 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:381 msgid "When requesting an upgraded database for production purposes, the copy is submitted without a filestore. Therefore, the upgraded database filestore must be merged with the production filestore before deploying the new version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:392 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:385 msgid "In case of an issue with your production database, you can request the assistance of Odoo by going to the `Support page and selecting \"An issue related to my upgrade (production)\" `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:399 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:392 msgid "Service-level agreement (SLA)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:401 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:394 msgid "With Odoo Enterprise, upgrading a database to the most recent version of Odoo is **free**, including any support required to rectify potential discrepancies in the upgraded database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:404 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:397 msgid "Information about the upgrade services included in the Enterprise Licence is available in the :ref:`Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement `. However, this section clarifies what upgrade services you can expect." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:411 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:404 msgid "Upgrade services covered by the SLA" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:413 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:406 msgid "Databases hosted on Odoo's cloud platforms (Odoo Online and Odoo.sh) or self-hosted (On-Premise) can benefit from upgrade services at all times for:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:416 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:409 msgid "the upgrade of all **standard applications**;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:417 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:410 msgid "the upgrade of all **customizations created with the Studio app**, as long as Studio is still installed and the respective subscription is still active; and" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:419 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:412 msgid "the upgrade of all **developments and customizations covered by a maintenance of customizations subscription**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:422 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:415 msgid "Upgrade services are limited to the technical conversion and adaptation of a database (standard modules and data) to make it compatible with the version targeted by the upgrade." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:428 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:421 msgid "Upgrade services not covered by the SLA" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:430 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:423 msgid "The following upgrade-related services are **not** included:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:432 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:425 msgid "the **cleaning** of pre-existing data and configurations while upgrading;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:433 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:426 msgid "the upgrade of **additional modules not covered by a maintenance contract** that are created in-house or by third parties, including Odoo partners; and" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:435 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:428 msgid "**training** on using the upgraded version's features and workflows." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:438 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:431 msgid ":doc:`Odoo.sh documentation `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:439 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:432 msgid ":doc:`Supported Odoo versions `" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/essentials.pot b/locale/sources/essentials.pot index 0f2567637..3eeccee07 100644 --- a/locale/sources/essentials.pot +++ b/locale/sources/essentials.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 18.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-11-18 11:05+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-12-10 08:58+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -862,83 +862,83 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Export and import data" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:5 msgid "In Odoo, it is sometimes necessary to export or import data for running reports, or for data modification. This document covers the export and import of data into and out of Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:9 msgid "Sometimes, users run into a 'time out' error, or a record does not process, due to its size. This can occur with large exports, or in cases where the import file is too large. To circumvent this limitation surrounding the size of the records, process exports or imports in smaller batches." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:16 msgid "Export data from Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:21 -msgid "When working with a database, it is sometimes necessary to export data in a distinct file. Doing so can aid in reporting on activities, although, Odoo provides a precise and easy reporting tool with each available application." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:18 +msgid "When working with a database, it is sometimes necessary to export data in a distinct file. Doing so can aid in reporting on activities, although, Odoo provides a precise reporting tool with each available application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:25 -msgid "With Odoo, the values can be exported from any field in any record. To do so, activate the list view (|list|), on the items that need to be exported, then select the records that should be exported. To select a record, tick the checkbox next to the corresponding record. Finally, click on |actions|, then :guilabel:`Export`." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:22 +msgid "With Odoo, the values can be exported from any field in any record. To do so, activate the list view :icon:`fa-list` :guilabel:`(List)` icon, on the items that need to be exported, and then select the records that should be exported. To select a record, tick the checkbox next to the corresponding record. Finally, click the :guilabel:`Action` button, and select :icon:`fa-upload` :guilabel:`Export`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:-1 msgid "View of the different things to enable/click to export data." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:33 -msgid "When clicking on :guilabel:`Export`, an :guilabel:`Export Data` pop-over window appears, with several options for the data to export:" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:31 +msgid "When clicking on :icon:`fa-upload` :guilabel:`Export`, a :guilabel:`Export Data` pop-over window appears, with several options for the data to export:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:-1 msgid "Overview of options to consider when exporting data in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:39 -msgid "With the :guilabel:`I want to update data (import-compatable export)` option ticked, the system only shows the fields that can be imported. This is helpful in the case where the :ref:`existing records need to be updated `. This works like a filter. Leaving the box unticked, gives many more field options because it shows all the fields, not just the ones that can be imported." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:37 +msgid "With the :guilabel:`I want to update data (import-compatable export)` option ticked, the system only shows the fields that can be imported. This is helpful in the case where the :ref:`existing records need to be updated `. This works like a filter. Leaving the box unticked, gives many more field options because it shows all the fields, not only the ones that can be imported." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:42 msgid "When exporting, there is the option to export in two formats: `.csv` and `.xls`. With `.csv`, items are separated by a comma, while `.xls` holds information about all the worksheets in a file, including both content and formatting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:47 -msgid "These are the items that can be exported. Use the :guilabel:`> (right arrow)` icon to display more sub-field options. Use the :guilabel:`Search` bar to find specific fields. To use the :guilabel:`Search` option more efficiently, click on all the :guilabel:`> (right arrows)` to display all fields." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:45 +msgid "These are the items that can be exported. Use the :icon:`fa-chevron-right` :guilabel:`(Show sub-fields)` icon to display more sub-field options. Use the :guilabel:`Search` bar to find specific fields. To use the :guilabel:`Search` option more efficiently, click on all the :icon:`fa-chevron-right` :guilabel:`(Show sub-fields)` icon to display all fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:49 +msgid "The :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`(Select field)` icon button is present to add fields to the :guilabel:`Fields to export` list." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:51 -msgid "The :guilabel:`+ (plus sign)` icon button is present to add fields to the :guilabel:`Fields to export` list." +msgid "The :icon:`fa-sort` :guilabel:`(Sort)` icon to the left of the selected fields can be used to move the fields up and down, to change the order in which they are displayed in the exported file. Drag-and-drop using the :icon:`fa-sort` :guilabel:`(Sort)` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:53 -msgid "The :guilabel:`↕️ (up-down arrow)` to the left of the selected fields can be used to move the fields up and down, to change the order in which they are displayed in the exported file. Drag-and-drop using the :guilabel:`↕️ (up-down arrow)` icon." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:54 +msgid "The :icon:`fa-trash` :guilabel:`(Remove field)` icon is used to remove fields. Click the :icon:`fa-trash` :guilabel:`(Remove field)` icon to remove the field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:56 -msgid "The :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon is used to remove fields. Click on the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon to remove the field." +msgid "For recurring reports, it is helpful to save export presets. Select all the needed fields, and click on the template drop-down menu. Once there, click on :guilabel:`New template`, and give a unique name to the export template. Click the :icon:`fa-floppy-o` :guilabel:`(floppy drive)` icon to save the configuration. The next time the same list needs to be exported, select the related template that was previously saved from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:58 -msgid "For recurring reports, it is helpful to save export presets. Select all the needed fields, and click on the template drop-down menu. Once there, click on :guilabel:`New template`, and give a unique name to the export just created. Click the :guilabel:`💾 (floppy drive)` icon to save the configuration. The next time the same list needs to be exported, select the related template that was previously saved from the drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:63 msgid "It is helpful to know the field's external identifier. For example, :guilabel:`Related Company` in the export user interface is equal to *parent_id* (external identifier). This is helpful because then, the only data exported is what should be modified and re-imported." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:70 msgid "Import data into Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:72 msgid "Importing data into Odoo is extremely helpful during implementation, or in times where data needs to be :ref:`updated in bulk `. The following documentation covers how to import data into an Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:77 msgid "Imports are permanent and **cannot** be undone. However, it is possible to use filters (`created on` or `last modified`) to identify records changed or created by the import." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:81 msgid "Activating :ref:`developer mode ` changes the visible import settings in the left menu. Doing so reveals an :menuselection:`Advanced` menu. Included in this advanced menu are two options: :guilabel:`Track history during import` and :guilabel:`Allow matching with subfields`." msgstr "" @@ -946,87 +946,87 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Advanced import options when developer mode is activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:88 msgid "If the model uses openchatter, the :guilabel:`Track history during import` option sets up subscriptions and sends notifications during the import, but leads to a slower import." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:91 msgid "Should the :guilabel:`Allow matching with subfields` option be selected, then all subfields within a field are used to match under the :guilabel:`Odoo Field` while importing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:97 msgid "Get started" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:99 msgid "Data can be imported on any Odoo business object using either Excel (`.xlsx`) or :abbr:`CSV (Comma-separated Values)` (`.csv`) formats. This includes: contacts, products, bank statements, journal entries, and orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:105 -msgid "Open the view of the object to which the data should be imported/populated, click the :icon:`fa-cog` (:guilabel:`gear`) icon and select :guilabel:`Import records`." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:103 +msgid "Open the view of the object to which the data should be imported/populated, click on :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(Action)` icon, and in the drop-down menu select :icon:`fa-upload` :guilabel:`(Import records)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:-1 msgid "Action menu revealed with the import records option highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:111 -msgid "Click :icon:`fa-download`:guilabel:`Import Template for Customers` at the center of the page to download a :ref:`template ` and populate it with the company's own data. Such templates can be imported in one click since the data mapping is already preconfigured." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:110 +msgid "Click :icon:`fa-upload`:guilabel:`Import Template for Customers` at the center of the page to download a :ref:`template ` and populate it with the company's own data. Such templates can be imported in one click since the data mapping is already preconfigured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:116 -msgid "To upload the downloaded template or your own file, follow the next steps:" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:115 +msgid "To upload the downloaded template or an existing file, follow the next steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:117 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Upload Data File` and select the desired file." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:118 msgid "Adjust the :guilabel:`Formatting` options as needed (for CSV files only)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:119 msgid "Ensure all data in the :guilabel:`File Column` is correctly mapped to the appropriate :guilabel:`Odoo Field` and free of errors." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:121 msgid "(Optional) Click :guilabel:`Load Data File` to reload the same file or upload a different one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:122 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Test` to verify that the data is valid." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:123 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Import`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:126 msgid "The :guilabel:`Formatting` options do **not** appear when importing the proprietary Excel file type (i.e., `.xls` or `.xlsx`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:132 msgid "Adapt a template" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:134 msgid "Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). Open them with any spreadsheet software (*Microsoft Office*, *OpenOffice*, *Google Drive*, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:138 msgid "Once the template is downloaded, proceed to follow these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:140 msgid "Add, remove, and sort columns to best fit the data structure." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:141 msgid "It is strongly advised to **not** remove the :guilabel:`External ID` (ID) column (see why in the next section)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:143 msgid "Set a unique ID to every record by dragging down the ID sequencing in the :guilabel:`External ID` (ID) column." msgstr "" @@ -1034,7 +1034,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "An animation of the mouse dragging down the ID column, so each record has a unique ID." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:150 msgid "When a new column is added, Odoo may not be able to map it automatically, if its label does not fit any field within Odoo. However, new columns can be mapped manually when the import is tested. Search the drop-down menu for the corresponding field." msgstr "" @@ -1042,63 +1042,63 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Drop-down menu expanded in the initial import screen on Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:157 msgid "Then, use this field's label in the import file to ensure future imports are successful." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:161 -msgid "Another useful way to find out the proper column names to import is to export a sample file using the fields that should be imported. This way, if there is not a sample import template, the names are accurate." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:160 +msgid "Another useful way to find out the proper column names to import is to export a sample file using the fields to be imported. This way, if there is not a sample import template, the names are accurate." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:168 msgid "Import from another application" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:171 -msgid "The :guilabel:`External ID` (ID) is a unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use one from previous software to facilitate the transition to Odoo." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:170 +msgid "The :guilabel:`External ID` (ID) is a unique identifier for a line item. It is possible to use an :guilabel:`External ID` (ID) from previous software to facilitate the transition to Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:173 msgid "Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing, but it helps in many cases:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:175 msgid ":ref:`Update imports `: import the same file several times without creating duplicates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:177 msgid ":ref:`Import relation fields `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:179 msgid "To recreate relationships between different records, the unique identifier from the original application should be used to map it to the :guilabel:`External ID` (ID) column in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:182 msgid "When another record is imported that links to the first one, use **XXX/ID** (XXX/External ID) for the original unique identifier. This record can also be found using its name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:186 msgid "It should be noted that conflicts occur if two (or more) records have the same *External ID*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:189 msgid "Field missing to map column" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:191 msgid "Odoo heuristically tries to find the type of field for each column inside the imported file, based on the first ten lines of the files." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:194 msgid "For example, if there is a column only containing numbers, only the fields with the *integer* type are presented as options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:197 msgid "While this behavior might be beneficial in most cases, it is also possible that it could fail, or the column may be mapped to a field that is not proposed by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:200 msgid "If this happens, check the :guilabel:`Show fields of relation fields (advanced) option`, then a complete list of fields becomes available for each column." msgstr "" @@ -1106,252 +1106,252 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Searching for the field to match the tax column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:207 msgid "Change data import format" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:210 msgid "Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date, and tries to guess the date format from a set of most commonly used date formats. While this process can work for many date formats, some date formats are not recognizable. This can cause confusion, due to day-month inversions; it is difficult to guess which part of a date format is the day, and which part is the month, in a date, such as `01-03-2016`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:216 msgid "When importing a :abbr:`CSV (Comma-separated Values)` file, Odoo provides :guilabel:`Formatting` options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:219 msgid "To view which date format Odoo has found from the file, check the :guilabel:`Date Format` that is shown when clicking on options under the file selector. If this format is incorrect, change it to the preferred format using *ISO 8601* to define the format." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:225 -msgid "*ISO 8601* is an international standard, covering the worldwide exchange, along with the communication of date and time-related data. For example, the date format should be `YYYY-MM-DD`. So, in the case of July 24th 1981, it should be written as `1981-07-24`." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:224 +msgid "*ISO 8601* is an international standard, covering the worldwide exchange, along with the communication of date and time-related data. For example, the date format should be `YYYY-MM-DD`. In the case of July 24th 1981, it should be written as `1981-07-24`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:229 msgid "When importing Excel files (`.xls`, `.xlsx`), consider using *date cells* to store dates. This maintains locale date formats for display, regardless of how the date is formatted in Odoo. When importing a :abbr:`CSV (Comma-separated Values)` file, use Odoo's :guilabel:`Formatting` section to select the date format columns to import." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:235 msgid "Import numbers with currency signs" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:237 msgid "Odoo fully supports numbers with parenthesis to represent negative signs, as well as numbers with currency signs attached to them. Odoo also automatically detects which thousand/decimal separator is used. If a currency symbol unknown to Odoo is used, it might not be recognized as a number, and the import crashes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:243 msgid "When importing a :abbr:`CSV (Comma-separated Values)` file, the :guilabel:`Formatting` menu appears on the left-hand column. Under these options, the :guilabel:`Thousands Separator` can be changed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:247 msgid "Examples of supported numbers (using 'thirty-two thousand' as the figure):" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:249 msgid "32.000,00" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:250 msgid "32000,00" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:251 msgid "32,000.00" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:252 msgid "-32000.00" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:253 msgid "(32000.00)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:254 msgid "$ 32.000,00" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:255 msgid "(32000.00 €)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:257 msgid "Example that will not work:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:259 msgid "ABC 32.000,00" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:260 msgid "$ (32.000,00)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:263 msgid "A :guilabel:`() (parenthesis)` around the number indicates that the number is a negative value. The currency symbol **must** be placed within the parenthesis for Odoo to recognize it as a negative currency value." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:268 msgid "Import preview table not displayed correctly" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:270 msgid "By default, the import preview is set on commas as field separators, and quotation marks as text delimiters. If the :abbr:`CSV (Comma-separated Values)` file does not have these settings, modify the :guilabel:`Formatting` options (displayed under the :guilabel:`Import` :abbr:`CSV (Comma-separated Values)` file bar after selecting the :abbr:`CSV (Comma-separated Values)` file)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:276 msgid "If the :abbr:`CSV (Comma-separated Values)` file has a tabulation as a separator, Odoo does **not** detect the separations. The file format options need to be modified in the spreadsheet application. See the following :ref:`Change CSV file format ` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:284 msgid "Change CSV file format in spreadsheet application" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:286 msgid "When editing and saving :abbr:`CSV (Comma-separated Values)` files in spreadsheet applications, the computer's regional settings are applied for the separator and delimiter. Odoo suggests using *OpenOffice* or *LibreOffice*, as both applications allow modifications of all three options (from *LibreOffice* application, go to :menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> Check the box 'Edit filter settings' --> Save`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:292 msgid "Microsoft Excel can modify the encoding when saving (:menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> 'Tools' drop-down menu --> Encoding tab`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:296 msgid "Difference between Database ID and External ID" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:298 msgid "Some fields define a relationship with another object. For example, the country of a contact is a link to a record of the 'Country' object. When such fields are imported, Odoo has to recreate links between the different records. To help import such fields, Odoo provides three mechanisms." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:303 msgid "**Only one** mechanism should be used per field that is imported." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:305 msgid "For example, to reference the country of a contact, Odoo proposes three different fields to import:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:307 msgid ":guilabel:`Country`: the name or code of the country" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:308 msgid ":guilabel:`Country/Database ID`: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID PostgreSQL column" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:310 msgid ":guilabel:`Country/External ID`: the ID of this record referenced in another application (or the `.XML` file that imported it)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:313 msgid "For the country of Belgium, for example, use one of these three ways to import:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:315 msgid ":guilabel:`Country`: `Belgium`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:316 msgid ":guilabel:`Country/Database ID`: `21`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:317 msgid ":guilabel:`Country/External ID`: `base.be`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:319 msgid "According to the company's need, use one of these three ways to reference records in relations. Here is an example when one or the other should be used, according to the need:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:322 msgid "Use :guilabel:`Country`: this is the easiest way when data comes from :abbr:`CSV (Comma-separated Values)` files that have been created manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:324 msgid "Use :guilabel:`Country/Database ID`: this should rarely be used. It is mostly used by developers as the main advantage is to never have conflicts (there may be several records with the same name, but they always have a unique Database ID)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:327 msgid "Use :guilabel:`Country/External ID`: use *External ID* when importing data from a third-party application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:330 msgid "When *External IDs* are used, import :abbr:`CSV (Comma-separated Values)` files with the :guilabel:`External ID` (ID) column defining the *External ID* of each record that is imported. Then, a reference can be made to that record with columns, like `Field/External ID`. The following two :abbr:`CSV (Comma-separated Values)` files provide an example for products and their categories." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:336 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:335 msgid ":download:`CSV file for categories `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:338 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:337 msgid ":download:`CSV file for Products `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:343 msgid "Import relation fields" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:345 msgid "An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those relations, the records of the related object need to be imported first, from their own list menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:349 msgid "This can be achieved by using either the name of the related record, or its ID, depending on the circumstances. The ID is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add `/ ID` at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: `Product Attributes / Attribute / ID`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:354 msgid "Options for multiple matches on fields" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:356 msgid "If, for example, there are two product categories with the child name `Sellable` (e.g. `Misc. Products/Sellable` & `Other Products/Sellable`), the validation is halted, but the data may still be imported. However, Odoo recommends that the data is not imported because it will all be linked to the first `Sellable` category found in the *Product Category* list (`Misc. Products/Sellable`). Odoo, instead, recommends modifying one of the duplicate's values, or the product category hierarchy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:363 msgid "However, if the company does not wish to change the configuration of product categories, Odoo recommends making use of the *External ID* for this field, 'Category'." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:367 msgid "Import many2many relationship fields" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:370 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:369 msgid "The tags should be separated by a comma, without any spacing. For example, if a customer needs to be linked to both tags: `Manufacturer` and `Retailer` then 'Manufacturer,Retailer' needs to be encoded in the same column of the :abbr:`CSV (Comma-separated Values)` file." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:374 -msgid ":download:`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer `" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:373 +msgid ":download:`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:377 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:376 msgid "Import one2many relationships" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:378 msgid "If a company wants to import a sales order with several order lines, a specific row **must** be reserved in the :abbr:`CSV (Comma-separated Values)` file for each order line. The first order line is imported on the same row as the information relative to order. Any additional lines need an additional row that does not have any information in the fields relative to the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:384 -msgid "As an example, here is a :abbr:`CSV (Comma-separated Values)` file of some quotations that can be imported, based on demo data:" +msgid "A company imports quotations using a :abbr:`CSV (Comma-separated Values)` file, based on demo data:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:387 -msgid ":download:`File for some Quotations `" +msgid ":download:`File for some quotations `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:390 -msgid "The following :abbr:`CSV (Comma-separated Values)` file shows how to import purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines:" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:389 +msgid "A company imports purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines using a :abbr:`CSV (Comma-separated Values)` file:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:393 -msgid ":download:`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines `" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:392 +msgid ":download:`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:396 -msgid "The following :abbr:`CSV (Comma-separated Values)` file shows how to import customers and their respective contacts:" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:395 +msgid "A company imports customers and their respective contacts using a :abbr:`CSV (Comma-separated Values)` file:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:399 -msgid ":download:`Customers and their respective contacts `" +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:398 +msgid ":download:`Customers and their respective contacts `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:403 @@ -1386,123 +1386,123 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click :guilabel:`Import`. During the import process, Odoo performs a file check to automatically link the uploaded images to the imported data file. If there is no match, the data file is imported without any image." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:419 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Files to import` section is enabled if your product template has an :guilabel:`Image` column with all fields populated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:421 -msgid "The image file names in the data file must correspond to the uploaded image files." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:420 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Files to import` section is enabled if the product template has an :guilabel:`Image` column with all fields populated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:422 -msgid "When importing a large number of images, you can specify the maximum batch size in megabytes and set a delay to prevent the system from becoming overloaded. To do so, :doc:`enable the developer mode <../general/developer_mode>` and fill in the :guilabel:`Max size per batch` and the :guilabel:`Delay after each batch` fields in the :guilabel:`Files to import` section. By default, the delay meets the RPC/API call limit defined in the `Odoo Cloud - Acceptable Use Policy `_." +msgid "The image file names in the data file must correspond to the uploaded image files." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:423 +msgid "When importing a large number of images, specify the maximum batch size in megabytes and set a delay to prevent the system from becoming overloaded. To do so, :doc:`enable the developer mode <../general/developer_mode>` and fill in the :guilabel:`Max size per batch` and the :guilabel:`Delay after each batch` fields in the :guilabel:`Files to import` section. By default, the delay meets the RPC/API call limit defined in the `Odoo Cloud - Acceptable Use Policy `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:431 msgid "Import records several times" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:433 msgid "If an imported file contains one of the columns: :guilabel:`External ID` or :guilabel:`Database ID`, records that have already been imported are modified, instead of being created. This is extremely useful as it allows users to import the same :abbr:`CSV (Comma-separated Values)` file several times, while having made some changes in between two imports." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:438 msgid "Odoo takes care of creating or modifying each record, depending if it is new or not." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:439 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:440 msgid "This feature allows a company to use the *Import/Export tool* in Odoo to modify a batch of records in a spreadsheet application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:444 msgid "Value not provided for a specific field" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:445 -msgid "If all fields are not set in the CSV file, Odoo assigns the default value for every non-defined field. But, if fields are set with empty values in the :abbr:`CSV (Comma-separated Values)` file, Odoo sets the empty value in the field, instead of assigning the default value." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:446 +msgid "If all fields are not set in the CSV file, Odoo assigns the default value for every non-defined field. However, if fields are set with empty values in the :abbr:`CSV (Comma-separated Values)` file, Odoo sets the empty value in the field, instead of assigning the default value." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:450 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:451 msgid "Export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:452 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:453 msgid "If data needs to be imported from different tables, relations need to be recreated between records belonging to different tables. For instance, if companies and people are imported, the link between each person and the company they work for needs to be recreated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:456 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:457 msgid "To manage relations between tables, use the `External ID` facilities of Odoo. The `External ID` of a record is the unique identifier of this record in another application. The `External ID` must be unique across all records of all objects. It is a good practice to prefix this `External ID` with the name of the application or table. (like, 'company_1', 'person_1' - instead of '1')" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:461 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:462 msgid "As an example, suppose there is an SQL database with two tables that are to be imported: companies and people. Each person belongs to one company, so the link between a person and the company they work for must be recreated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:466 msgid "Test this example, with a :download:`sample of a PostgreSQL database `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:468 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:469 msgid "First, export all companies and their *External ID*. In PSQL, write the following command:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:474 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:475 msgid "This SQL command creates the following :abbr:`CSV (Comma-separated Values)` file:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:483 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:484 msgid "To create the :abbr:`CSV (Comma-separated Values)` file for people linked to companies, use the following SQL command in PSQL:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:490 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:491 msgid "It produces the following :abbr:`CSV (Comma-separated Values)` file:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:501 msgid "In this file, Fabien and Laurence are working for the Bigees company (`company_1`), and Eric is working for the Organi company. The relation between people and companies is done using the *External ID* of the companies. The *External ID* is prefixed by the name of the table to avoid a conflict of ID between people and companies (`person_1` and `company_1`, who shared the same ID 1 in the original database)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:506 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:507 msgid "The two files produced are ready to be imported in Odoo without any modifications. After having imported these two :abbr:`CSV (Comma-separated Values)` files, there are four contacts and three companies (the first two contacts are linked to the first company). Keep in mind to first import the companies, and then the people." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:514 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:515 msgid "Update data in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:516 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:517 msgid "Existing data can be updated in bulk through a data import, as long as the :ref:`External ID ` remains consistent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:520 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:521 msgid "Prepare data export" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:522 -msgid "To update data through an import, first navigate to the data to be updated, and select the |list| to activate list view. On the far-left side of the list, tick the checkbox for any record to be updated. Then, click |actions|, and select :icon:`fa-upload` :guilabel:`Export` from the drop-down menu." +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:523 +msgid "To update data through an import, first navigate to the data to be updated, and select the :icon:`oi-view-list` :guilabel:`(List)` icon to activate list view. On the far-left side of the list, tick the checkbox for any record to be updated. Then, click :guilabel:`Actions` button, and select :icon:`fa-upload` :guilabel:`Export` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:527 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:528 msgid "On the resulting :guilabel:`Export Data` pop-up window, tick the checkbox labeled, :guilabel:`I want to update data (import-compatible export)`. This automatically includes the *External ID* in the export. Additionally, it limits the :guilabel:`Fields to export` list to **only** include fields that are able to be imported." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:534 msgid "The :guilabel:`External ID` field does **not** appear in the :guilabel:`Fields to export` list unless it is manually added, but it is still included in the export. However, if the :guilabel:`I want to update data (import-compatible export)` checkbox is ticked, it is included in the export." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:537 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:538 msgid "Select the required fields to be included in the export using the :ref:`options ` on the pop-up window, then click :guilabel:`Export`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:541 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:542 msgid "Import updated data" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:543 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:544 msgid "After exporting, make any necessary changes to the data file. When the file is ready, it can be :ref:`imported ` by following the same process as a normal data import." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:548 +#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:549 msgid "When updating data, it is extremely important that the *External ID* remain consistent, as this is how the system identifies a record. If an ID is altered, or removed, the system may add a duplicate record, instead of updating the existing one." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/finance.pot b/locale/sources/finance.pot index 96b15dd48..894502201 100644 --- a/locale/sources/finance.pot +++ b/locale/sources/finance.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 18.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-11-18 11:05+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-12-10 08:58+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:255 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:446 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:604 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:616 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:212 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:473 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:666 @@ -550,7 +550,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:718 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/jordan.rst:104 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:8 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:668 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1049 @@ -574,11 +573,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/uruguay.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:61 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:62 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/demo.rst:9 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sdd.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:27 msgid "Configuration" @@ -5500,6 +5497,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:131 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/guatemala.rst:200 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/jordan.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:57 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:194 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:128 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:300 @@ -6491,7 +6489,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/jordan.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:25 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:28 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:61 @@ -6726,31 +6724,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the :guilabel:`View` menu of an account, select a **default tax** to be applied when this account is chosen for a product sale or purchase." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:121 msgid "Tags" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:123 msgid "Some accounting reports require **tags** to be set on the relevant accounts. To add a tag, under :guilabel:`View`, click the :guilabel:`Tags` field and select an existing tag or :guilabel:`Create` a new one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:128 msgid "Account groups" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:130 msgid "**Account groups** are useful to list multiple accounts as *sub-accounts* of a bigger account and thus consolidate reports such as the **Trial Balance**. By default, groups are handled automatically based on the code of the group. For example, a new account `131200` is going to be part of the group `131000`. You can attribute a specific group to an account in the :guilabel:`Group` field under :guilabel:`View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:137 msgid "Create account groups manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:140 msgid "Regular users should not need to create account groups manually. The following section is only intended for rare and advanced use cases." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:143 msgid "To create a new account group, activate :ref:`developer mode ` and head to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Account Groups`. Here, create a new group and enter the :guilabel:`name, code prefix, and company` to which that group account should be available. Note that you must enter the same code prefix in both :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`to` fields." msgstr "" @@ -6758,7 +6756,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Account groups creation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:151 msgid "To display your **Trial Balance** report with your account groups, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Trial Balance`, then open the :guilabel:`Options` menu and select :guilabel:`Hierarchy and Subtotals`." msgstr "" @@ -6766,62 +6764,62 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Account Groups in the Trial Balance in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:159 msgid "Allow reconciliation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:161 msgid "To keep the reconciliation process simple, when reconciling a bank, cash, or credit card transaction with an existing journal item, only journal items that debit or credit accounts with the :guilabel:`Allow reconciliation` option enabled are displayed as possible matches." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:165 msgid "To enable this option on an account, tick the :guilabel:`Allow Reconciliation` checkbox in the account's settings, and :guilabel:`Save`; or enable the button from the chart of accounts view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:171 msgid "Shared Accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:173 msgid "The **Shared Accounts** feature allows the creation of a single account for a specific purpose and sharing it between multiple companies. It is especially useful for multi-company environments where a similar account might be used across different companies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:178 msgid "Deprecated" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:180 msgid "It is not possible to delete an account once a transaction has been recorded on it. You can make them unusable by using the **Deprecated** feature: check the :guilabel:`Deprecated` box in the account's settings, and :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:185 msgid ":doc:`cheat_sheet`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:186 msgid ":doc:`../vendor_bills/assets`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:187 msgid ":doc:`../vendor_bills/deferred_expenses`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:188 msgid ":doc:`../customer_invoices/deferred_revenues`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:189 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:125 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:126 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:38 msgid ":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:190 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Chart of accounts `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:191 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Update your chart of accounts `_" msgstr "" @@ -11864,7 +11862,10 @@ msgid "Copy this key to a safe place. It is strongly encouraged to back up the l msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:75 msgid "Odoo configuration" msgstr "" @@ -11938,7 +11939,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/jordan.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:26 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:59 @@ -11972,7 +11973,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/jordan.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:60 @@ -17366,6 +17367,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/jordan.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/new_zealand.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:13 @@ -17941,6 +17943,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:370 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:99 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:72 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/new_zealand.rst:186 msgid "E-invoicing" msgstr "" @@ -18451,7 +18454,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../accounting/taxes>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:84 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:249 msgid ":doc:`../accounting/reporting/tax_returns`" msgstr "" @@ -18906,163 +18909,175 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To manually check for new CODA files, go to the Accounting Dashboard and click :guilabel:`Fetch from Codaclean` on the relevant :ref:`journal ` ." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:505 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:153 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:271 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:335 -msgid "Electronic invoicing" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:507 +msgid "Electronic invoicing with Peppol" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:507 -msgid "Odoo supports the **Peppol BIS Billing 3.0 (UBL)** electronic invoicing format. To enable it for a customer, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Customers`, open their contact form, and under the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab, select the :guilabel:`Peppol BIS Billing 3.0` format." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:509 +msgid "As of 1 January 2026, all Belgian companies must be registered on the Peppol network to send and receive electronic invoices." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:512 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:302 -msgid ":doc:`../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing`" +msgid "To activate Peppol, refer to the :ref:`Peppol documentation `, ensuring during :ref:`registration ` that:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:515 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Peppol EAS` field is set to :guilabel:`0208 - Numero d'entreprise / ondernemingsnummer / Unternehmensnummer`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:517 +msgid "the :guilabel:`Peppol Endpoint` field is set to the company registry number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:519 +msgid "In addition, when veryfing that a customer is :ref:`registered as a Peppol participant `, ensure the :guilabel:`Format` field is set to :guilabel:`BIS Billing 3.0`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:524 +msgid ":ref:`Peppol documentation `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:529 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/canada.rst:257 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_states.rst:400 msgid "Cash discount" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:519 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:531 msgid "In Belgium, if an early payment discount is offered on an invoice, the tax is calculated based on the discounted total amount, whether the customer benefits from the discount or not." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:522 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:534 msgid "To apply the right tax amount and report it correctly in your VAT return, set the tax reduction as :guilabel:`Always (upon invoice)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:526 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:538 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/canada.rst:263 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_states.rst:406 msgid ":doc:`../accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:543 msgid "Fiscal certification: POS restaurant" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:545 msgid "In Belgium, the owner of a cooking business such as a restaurant or food truck is required by law to use a government-certified **Cash Register System** for their receipts. This applies if their yearly earnings (excluding VAT, drinks, and take-away food) exceed 25,000 euros." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:537 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:549 msgid "This government-certified system entails the use of a :ref:`certified POS system `, along with a device called a :ref:`Fiscal Data Module ` (or **black box**) and a :ref:`VAT Signing Card `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:554 msgid "Do not forget to register as *foodservice industry manager* on the `Federal Public Service Finance registration form `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:548 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:560 msgid "Certified POS system" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:562 msgid "The Odoo POS system is certified for databases hosted on **Odoo Online**, **Odoo.sh**, and **On-Premise**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:554 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:566 msgid ":doc:`/administration/supported_versions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:556 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:568 msgid "A `certified POS system `_ must adhere to rigorous government regulations, which means it operates differently from a non-certified POS." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:572 msgid "On a certified POS, you cannot:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:562 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:574 msgid "Set up and use the **global discounts** feature (the `pos_discount` module is blacklisted and cannot be activated)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:564 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:576 msgid "Set up and use the **loyalty programs** feature (the `pos_loyalty` module is blacklisted and cannot be activated)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:566 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:578 msgid "Reprint receipts (the `pos_reprint` module is blacklisted and cannot be activated)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:567 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:579 msgid "Modify prices in order lines." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:568 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:580 msgid "Modify or delete order lines in POS orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:581 msgid "Sell products without a valid VAT number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:570 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:582 msgid "Use a POS that is not connected to an IoT box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:572 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:584 msgid "The :doc:`cash rounding <../../sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding>` feature must be activated and set to a :guilabel:`Rounding Precision` of `0,05` and a :guilabel:`Rounding Method` set as :guilabel:`Half-Up`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:575 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:587 msgid "Taxes must be set as included in the price. To set it up, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings`, and from the :guilabel:`Accounting` section, open the :guilabel:`Default Sales Tax` form by clicking the arrow next to the default sales tax field. There, click :guilabel:`Advanced Options` and enable :guilabel:`Included in Price`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:591 msgid "At the start of a POS session, users must click :guilabel:`Work in` to clock in. Doing so allows the registration of POS orders. If users are not clocked in, they cannot make POS orders. Likewise, they must click :guilabel:`Work Out` to clock out at the end of the session." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:584 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:596 msgid "If you configure a POS to work with a :abbr:`FDM (Fiscal Data Module)`, you cannot use it again without it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:590 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:602 msgid "Fiscal Data Module (FDM)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:592 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:604 msgid "An FDM, or **black box**, is a government-certified device that works together with the Point of Sale application and saves your POS orders information. Concretely, a **hash** (:dfn:`unique code`) is generated for each POS order and added to its receipt. This allows the government to verify that all revenue is declared." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:598 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:610 msgid "Only the FDM from **Boîtenoire.be** with the `FDM certificate number BMC04 `_ is supported by Odoo. `Contact the manufacturer (GCV BMC) `_ to order one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:606 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:618 msgid "Before setting up your database to work with an FDM, ensure you have the following hardware:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:608 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:620 msgid "a **Boîtenoire.be** (certificate number BMC04) FDM;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:609 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:621 msgid "an RS-232 serial null modem cable per FDM;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:610 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:622 msgid "an RS-232 serial-to-USB adapter per FDM;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:611 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:623 msgid "an :ref:`IoT Box ` (one IoT box per FDM); and" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:612 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:624 msgid "a receipt printer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:617 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:629 msgid "Black box module" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:619 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:631 msgid "As a pre-requisite, :ref:`activate ` the `Belgian Registered Cash Register` module (technical name: `pos_blackbox_be`)." msgstr "" @@ -19070,7 +19085,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "black box modules for belgian fiscal certification" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:625 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:637 msgid "Once the module is activated, add your VAT number to your company information. To set it up, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Companies --> Update Info`, and fill in the :guilabel:`VAT` field. Then, enter a national registration number for every staff member who operates the POS system. To do so, go to the :guilabel:`Employees` app and open an employee form. There, go to :menuselection:`HR settings tab --> Attendance/Point of Sale`, and fill in the :guilabel:`INSZ or BIS number` field." msgstr "" @@ -19078,35 +19093,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "ISNZ or BIS number field on employee form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:635 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:647 msgid "To input your information, click on your avatar, go to :menuselection:`My Profile --> Preference tab`, and enter your INSZ or BIS number in the designated field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:639 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:651 msgid "You must configure the :abbr:`FDM (Fiscal Data Module)` directly in the production database. Utilizing it in a testing environment may result in incorrect data being stored within the FDM." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:645 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:657 msgid "IoT Box" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:647 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:659 msgid "In order to use an :abbr:`FDM (Fiscal Data Module)`, you need a registered IoT Box. To register your IoT box, you must contact us through our `support contact form `_ and provide the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:651 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:663 msgid "your VAT number;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:652 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:664 msgid "your company's name, address, and legal structure; and" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:653 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:665 msgid "the Mac address of your IoT Box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:655 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:667 msgid "Once your IoT box is certified, :doc:`connect <../../general/iot/connect>` it to your database. To verify that the IoT Box recognizes the FDM, go to the IoT homepage and scroll down the :guilabel:`IOT Device` section, which should display the FDM." msgstr "" @@ -19114,19 +19129,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Hardware status page on a registered IoT Box" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:662 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:674 msgid "Then, add the IoT to your POS. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, select your POS, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Connected Device` section, and enable :guilabel:`IoT Box`. Lastly, add the FMD in the :guilabel:`Fiscal Data Module` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:667 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:679 msgid "To be able to use an FDM, you must at least connect one :guilabel:`Receipt Printer`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:672 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:684 msgid "VAT signing card" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:674 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:686 msgid "When you open a POS session and make your initial transaction, you are prompted to enter the PIN provided with your :abbr:`VSC (VAT signing card)`. The card is delivered by the :abbr:`FPS (Service Public Federal Finances)` upon `registration `_." msgstr "" @@ -19296,6 +19311,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:91 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/jordan.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:108 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/new_zealand.rst:38 msgid "Localization overview" @@ -23621,6 +23637,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Finally, in the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab, check the :guilabel:`Electronic invoicing` checkbox to enable sending XML/EDI invoices." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:302 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:307 msgid "Withholding" msgstr "" @@ -24345,7 +24365,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:22 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:19 msgid "Default :ref:`fiscal localization package `" @@ -28144,8 +28164,7 @@ msgid "`l10n_it_reports`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:31 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:22 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:23 msgid "Country-specific reports" msgstr "" @@ -29129,6 +29148,7 @@ msgid "Integration module for JoFotara to support Jordanian e-invoicing requirem msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/jordan.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:26 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:30 msgid "In some cases, such as when upgrading to a version with additional modules, it is possible that modules may not be installed automatically. Any missing modules can be manually :ref:`installed `." msgstr "" @@ -29178,6 +29198,7 @@ msgid "export tax (0%): zero-rated tax applied to goods and services exported ou msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/jordan.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:84 msgid "Tax reporting" msgstr "" @@ -29952,128 +29973,489 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Luxembourg" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:8 -msgid ":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get all the features of the Luxembourgish localization:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:17 -msgid ":guilabel:`Luxembourg - Accounting`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:10 +msgid "The following modules are installed automatically with the Luxembourgish localization:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:18 +msgid ":guilabel:`Luxembourg - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:19 msgid "`l10n_lu`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:21 msgid ":guilabel:`Luxembourg - Accounting Reports`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:22 msgid "`l10n_lu_reports`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:23 -msgid ":guilabel:`Luxembourg - Annual VAT Report`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:24 -msgid "`l10n_lu_reports_annual_vat`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:-1 -msgid "The three modules for the Luxembourgish Fiscal Localization Package on Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:32 -msgid "Installing the module :guilabel:`Luxembourg - Accounting Reports` installs all three modules at once." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:31 msgid ":doc:`Documentation on e-invoicing’s legality and compliance in Luxembourg <../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing/luxembourg>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:40 -msgid "Standard Chart of Accounts - PCN 2020" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:39 +msgid "The Luxembourgish localization includes the following features:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:42 -msgid "Odoo's :ref:`fiscal localization package ` for Luxembourg includes the current **Standard Chart of Accounts (PCN 2020)**, effective since January 2020." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:41 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts`: a predefined set of accounts that follows the current official accounting standards (PCN 2020)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:46 -msgid "eCDF tax return" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:43 +msgid ":ref:`localizations/luxembourg/taxes`: pre-configured tax rates, including standard (17%), reduced (14%, 8%, and 3%) and zero-rated VAT, intra-community, and zero-rated export taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions`: automated account and tax adjustments based on customer or supplier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:47 +msgid ":ref:`localizations/luxembourg/e-invoicing`: E-invoicing with Peppol" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:48 -msgid "Tax returns in Luxembourg require a specific XML file to upload on the eCDF." +msgid ":ref:`localizations/luxembourg/tax-reporting`: detailed overview of your VAT liability, and generation of monthly and annual VAT declarations in XML format to upload to the :abbr:`eCDF platform (plateforme électronique de Collecte des Données Financières)`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:50 -msgid "To download it, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Report --> Audit Reports --> Tax Report`, and click on :guilabel:`Export eCDF declaration`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:51 +msgid ":ref:`localizations/luxembourg/faia`: generation of audit files in the :abbr:`FAIA (Fichier d’Audit Informatisé AED)` (Luxembourgish SAF-T) format" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:55 -msgid "`Platform for electronic gathering of financial data (eCDF) `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:58 -msgid "Annual tax report" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:60 -msgid "You can generate an XML file to electronically file your annual tax report with the tax office." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:59 +msgid "The following :doc:`taxes <../accounting/taxes>` are available by default with the Luxembourgish localization package:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:62 -msgid "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Report --> Luxembourg --> Annual Tax Report`, click on :guilabel:`Create`, then define the annual period in the :guilabel:`Year` field." +msgid "standard VAT (17%): applied to most goods and services within Luxembourg" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:63 +msgid "reduced VAT (14%, 8%, and 3%): applied to some goods and services within Luxembourg" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:64 +msgid "zero-rated VAT: applied to goods and services not subject to VAT" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:65 -msgid "The **simplified annual declaration** is automatically generated. You can manually add values in all the fields to get a **complete annual declaration**." +msgid "intra-community VAT: applied to goods and services sold to or purchased from VAT-registered persons located in other EU countries" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:-1 -msgid "Odoo Accounting (Luxembourg localization) generates an annual tax declaration." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:67 +msgid "export tax (0%): zero-rated tax applied to goods and services exported outside Luxembourg" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:72 -msgid "To help you complete it, you can use the information provided on the :guilabel:`Tax Report`. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Report --> Audit Reports --> Tax Report`, then click on the :guilabel:`Tax Report` dropdown menu and select the type of report you want to display." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:74 +msgid "Odoo users in Luxembourg can register on the :ref:`accounting/e-invoicing/peppol` network, which allows exchanging e-invoices and credit notes with other participants on the network." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:-1 -msgid "Dropdown menu to select the type of Tax Report" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:77 +msgid "The e-invoice format in Luxembourg is **BIS Billing 3.0**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:80 -msgid "Finally, click on :guilabel:`Export XML` to download the XML file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:83 -msgid "This feature requires the module :guilabel:`Luxembourg - Annual VAT Report` to be installed." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:79 +msgid "E-invoicing via Peppol is mandatory for all B2G transactions in Luxembourg." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:86 -msgid "FAIA (SAF-T)" +msgid "In Luxembourg, companies must submit a VAT declaration on a monthly, quarterly, or annual basis to the tax office, depending on their turnover. Companies that submit a monthly or quarterly declaration are also required to submit the annual declaration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:88 -msgid "**FAIA (Fichier d’Audit Informatisé AED)** is a standardized and structured file that facilitates the exchange of information between the taxpayers' accounting system and the tax office. It is the Luxembourgish version of the OECD-recommended SAF-T (Standard Audit File for Tax)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:90 +msgid "Both monthly/quarterly and annual VAT declarations can be exported as XML files to upload on the :abbr:`eCDF platform (plateforme électronique de Collecte des Données Financières)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:92 -msgid "Odoo can generate an XML file that contains all the content of an accounting period according to the rules imposed by the Luxembourg tax authorities on digital audit files." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:94 +msgid "Monthly / quarterly declaration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:96 -msgid "This feature requires the module :guilabel:`Luxembourg - Accounting Reports` to be installed." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:211 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Tax Report`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:99 -msgid "Export FAIA file" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:98 +msgid "In the :icon:`fa-book` :guilabel:`Report` selector, select :guilabel:`Tax Report (LU)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:101 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Audit Reports --> General Ledger`, then click on :guilabel:`FAIA`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:100 +msgid "In the :icon:`fa-calendar` (:guilabel:`Period`) selector, choose the month or quarter for which to generate the declaration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:103 +msgid "Check the amounts generated for all four sections of the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:105 +msgid "If you sold to customers under a VAT exemption for SMEs during the period, you need to manually enter the value of such sales in the editable fields at section I, items 481 and 482. To find the amounts for these items, you can use the :guilabel:`Partner Ledger` report:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:109 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Partner Ledger`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:110 +msgid "In the :icon:`fa-calendar` (:guilabel:`Period`) selector, choose the appropriate month or quarter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:112 +msgid "In the :icon:`fa-user` (:guilabel:`Account`) selector, choose :guilabel:`Receivable`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:113 +msgid "In the :icon:`fa-folder-open` (:guilabel:`Partners`) selector, choose the partners that fall under the exemption." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:115 +msgid "Copy the total :guilabel:`Balance` for those partners for the given period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:117 +msgid "Once the declaration is correct, click the :icon:`fa-cog` (:guilabel:`action menu`) icon, then click :guilabel:`XML` to export and download it in XML format. You can then submit the XML file on the eCDF platform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:122 +msgid "Annual declaration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:127 +msgid "Account tag configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:129 +msgid "The following configuration allows values to be generated automatically for sections I and III, and Appendix A of the report, based on journal entries that impact accounts associated with each report line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:133 +msgid "This requires using a different :doc:`account <../accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>` for each type of operation subject to VAT, output and input VAT, and expense listed in those sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:136 +msgid "Assign the following account :ref:`tags ` to accounts you use for each type of operation subject to VAT listed in the declaration, if applicable:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:139 +msgid "`001 - Supply of inhouse manufactured goods`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:140 +msgid "`002 - Supply of goods not manufactured inhouse`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:141 +msgid "`003 - Net profit margin`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:142 +msgid "`004 - Supply of services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:143 +msgid "`005 - Disposal of tangible and intangible capital assets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:144 +msgid "`008 - Application of goods for private use or for that of the staff`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:145 +msgid "`009 - Application for the purpose of business of goods`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:146 +msgid "`010 - Use of goods considered business assets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:147 +msgid "`011 - Supply of services carried out free of charge`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:148 +msgid "`013 - IC supply of goods`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:149 +msgid "`202 - IC supply of new means of transport`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:150 +msgid "`203 - Supply of goods carried out abroad`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:152 +msgid "Assign the following account tags to the accounts you use for each type of output and input VAT, if applicable:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:155 +msgid "`077 - VAT on stock entries invoiced by other taxable persons`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:156 +msgid "`081 - VAT on capital expenditures invoiced by other taxable persons`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:157 +msgid "`085 - VAT on operational expenditures invoiced by other taxable persons`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:158 +msgid "`078 - VAT on stock entries due in respect of IC acquisitions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:159 +msgid "`082 - VAT on capital expenditures due in respect of IC acquisitions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:160 +msgid "`086 - VAT on operational expenditures due in respect of IC acquisitions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:161 +msgid "`079 - VAT on stock entries of importations of goods`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:162 +msgid "`083 - VAT on capital expenditures of importations of goods`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:163 +msgid "`087 - VAT on operational expenditures of importations of goods`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:164 +msgid "`404 - VAT on stock entries due under the reverse charge`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:165 +msgid "`405 - VAT on capital expenditures due under the reverse charge`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:166 +msgid "`406 - VAT on operational expenditures due under the reverse charge`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:168 +msgid "Assign the following account tags to the expense accounts you use for each type of expense, if applicable:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:171 +msgid "`188 - Appendix A - Expenses for other work carried out by third parties`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:172 +msgid "`190 - Appendix A - Car expenses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:173 +msgid "`239 - Appendix A - Gross salaries`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:174 +msgid "`244 - Appendix A - Gross wages`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:175 +msgid "`247 - Appendix A - Occasional salaries`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:176 +msgid "`250 - Appendix A - Compulsory social security contributions (employer's share)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:177 +msgid "`253 - Appendix A - Accident insurance`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:178 +msgid "`260 - Appendix A - Staff travel and representation expenses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:179 +msgid "`269 - Appendix A - Accounting and bookkeeping fees`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:180 +msgid "`283 - Appendix A - Employer's travel and representation expenses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:181 +msgid "`285 - Appendix A - Electricity`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:182 +msgid "`289 - Appendix A - Gas`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:183 +msgid "`293 - Appendix A - Employer's travel and representation expenses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:184 +msgid "`301 - Appendix A - Telecommunications`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:185 +msgid "`305 - Appendix A - Renting/leasing of immovable property with application of VAT`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:186 +msgid "`307 - Appendix A - Renting/leasing of immovable property with no application of VAT`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:187 +msgid "`310 - Appendix A - Renting/leasing of permanently installed equipment and machinery`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:188 +msgid "`316 - Appendix A - Property tax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:189 +msgid "`324 - Appendix A - Business tax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:190 +msgid "`326 - Appendix A - Interest paid for long-term debts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:191 +msgid "`327 - Appendix A - Interest paid for short-term debts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:192 +msgid "`328 - Appendix A - Other financial costs`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:193 +msgid "`330 - Appendix A - Stock and business equipment insurance`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:194 +msgid "`331 - Appendix A - Public and professional third party liability insurance`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:195 +msgid "`332 - Appendix A - Office expenses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:196 +msgid "`336 - Appendix A - Fees and subscriptions paid to professional associations and learned societies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:197 +msgid "`337 - Appendix A - Papers and periodicals for business purposes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:198 +msgid "`343 - Appendix A - Shipping and transport expenses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:199 +msgid "`345 - Appendix A - Work clothes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:200 +msgid "`347 - Appendix A - Advertising and publicity`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:201 +msgid "`349 - Appendix A - Packaging`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:202 +msgid "`351 - Appendix A - Repair and maintenance of equipment and machinery`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:203 +msgid "`353 - Appendix A - Other repairs`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:204 +msgid "`355 - Appendix A - New acquisitions (tools and equipment) if their cost can be fully allocated to the year of acquisition or creation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:205 +msgid "`358 - Appendix A - Custom (value)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:206 +msgid "`361 - Appendix A - Total 'Appendix to Operational expenditures'`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:209 +msgid "Opening the declaration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:213 +msgid "In the :icon:`fa-book` :guilabel:`Report` selector, select :guilabel:`Annual VAT Declaration (LU)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:215 +msgid "In the :icon:`fa-calendar` (:guilabel:`Period`) selector, choose the fiscal year dates for which to generate the declaration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:219 +msgid "Completing the declaration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:221 +msgid "The annual declaration contains five sections labelled I to V, seven appendices labelled A to G, and an additional Appendix to Operational Expenditures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:224 +msgid "Sections I, III, and Appendix A can be pre-populated automatically based on the :ref:`account tag configuration `. After configuring the account tags, :ref:`set the tax lock date ` to the end of the fiscal year. This will trigger the pre-computation of those values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:-1 +msgid "Odoo Accounting populates a Luxembourgish annual VAT declaration based on account tags." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:232 +msgid "Alternatively, the year's total VAT debit and credit can be manually distributed among the various report lines in sections I and III. You can use the :icon:`fa-pencil` (:guilabel:`Edit`) icon to manually enter the value for each report line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:236 +msgid "Sections II and IV are automatically computed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:238 +msgid "You then need to manually complete appendices B through G, as well as the Appendix to Operational Expenditures, with any additional information to be reported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:242 +msgid "Exporting the declaration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:244 +msgid "Once the declaration is complete and correct, click the :icon:`fa-cog` (:guilabel:`action menu`) icon, then click :guilabel:`XML` to export and download it in XML format. You can then submit the XML file on the eCDF platform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:250 +msgid "`Tax office website - VAT declaration `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:251 +msgid "`Platform for electronic gathering of financial data (eCDF) `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:256 +msgid "FAIA audit file export" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:258 +msgid ":abbr:`FAIA (Fichier d’Audit Informatisé AED)` is the Luxembourgish version of the SAF-T format for accounting data interchange. It allows exporting complete accounting data for a period from a taxpayer's accounting system to the tax office." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:262 +msgid "Odoo can generate an XML file in the FAIA format that contains the entire accounting data for a period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:265 +msgid "To generate and download the FAIA file, open :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger`, choose the desired period, click the :icon:`fa-cog` (:guilabel:`action menu`) icon, and click :guilabel:`Export FAIA`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:3 @@ -30282,6 +30664,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Ind. Classification`: Input the 5-digit numeric code that represents the nature and activity of the business." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:335 +msgid "Electronic invoicing" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:155 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Malaysian Electronic Invoicing` section, select the relevant :guilabel:`MyInvois mode` based on the environment used for the company's MyInvois registration." msgstr "" @@ -38045,8 +38433,10 @@ msgid "Select the provider and configure the :guilabel:`Credentials` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:60 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sdd.rst:47 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:84 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:52 msgid "Set the :guilabel:`State` field to :guilabel:`Enabled`." msgstr "" @@ -38140,6 +38530,7 @@ msgid "Odoo is not `PCI `_ DSS-certified b msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:69 msgid "Manual capture" msgstr "" @@ -38364,227 +38755,138 @@ msgid "`Adyen `_ is a Dutch company that offers several msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:9 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:20 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:12 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/demo.rst:12 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:11 -msgid ":ref:`payment_providers/add_new`" +msgid "Adyen only works with customers processing **more than 10 million annually** or invoicing a **minimum of 1000 transactions per month**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:15 +msgid "Adyen configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:17 +msgid "Create an Adyen account if necessary and log into your Adyen Customer Area." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:20 +msgid "Log into your **Test account** to try the integration without charging customers. Switch to your **Live account** once you are ready to accept payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:23 +msgid "`Contact the Adyen support team `_ to enable the **Multiple partial capture** feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:25 +msgid "In the Adyen Customer Area, go to :menuselection:`Developers --> API credentials` and click the relevant API credential user name in the list or click :guilabel:`Create new credential` to create a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:28 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Server settings` section, click :guilabel:`Generate API key`, then click the :icon:`fa-copy` (:guilabel:`Copy API key`) icon and save the value for the :ref:`payment_providers/adyen/configure_odoo` step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:31 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Client settings` section, click :guilabel:`Generate client key`, then click the :icon:`fa-copy` (:guilabel:`Copy API key`) icon and save the value for the :ref:`payment_providers/adyen/configure_odoo` step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:34 +msgid "Enter your Odoo website URL in the :guilabel:`Add allowed origins` field, then click :guilabel:`Add`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:36 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save changes` at the bottom of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:37 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Developers --> Webhooks` in the left menu and click :guilabel:`Create new webhook`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:39 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Create new webhook` popup, click :guilabel:`Add` on to the :guilabel:`Standard webhook` line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:41 +msgid "On the :guilabel:`Webhook generation` form, in the :guilabel:`Server configuration` section, enter your Odoo database :guilabel:`URL` followed by `/payment/adyen/notification`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:43 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Security` section, click :guilabel:`Generate` under :guilabel:`HMAC`, then click the :icon:`fa-copy` (:guilabel:`Copy HMAC to the clipboard`) icon and save the value for the :ref:`payment_providers/adyen/configure_odoo` step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:46 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save configuration` at the bottom of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:47 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Developers --> API URLs`, then copy the :guilabel:`Prefix` and save it for the :ref:`payment_providers/adyen/configure_odoo` step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:55 +msgid ":ref:`Navigate to the Adyen payment provider`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:56 +msgid "Fill in the :guilabel:`Merchant account`, :guilabel:`API Key`, :guilabel:`Client Key`, :guilabel:`HMAC Key`, and :guilabel:`API URL Prefix` fields with the values saved at the :ref:`Adyen configuration step `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:83 +msgid "Configure the remaining options as needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:63 +msgid "If you want to :ref:`test Adyen without affecting live transactions `, use your **Test account** credentials, enter `https://checkout-test.adyen.com` in the :guilabel:`API URL Prefix` field, and set the :guilabel:`State` field to :guilabel:`Test Mode`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:71 +msgid "To enable :ref:`manual capture ` for Adyen payments, follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:74 +msgid ":ref:`Navigate to the Adyen payment provider `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:75 +msgid "Go to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab and enable :guilabel:`Capture Amount Manually`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:76 +msgid "Log in to your Adyen Customer Area, then go to :menuselection:`Settings` and click :guilabel:`Company` in the :guilabel:`Account management` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:78 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`General` section, click the :icon:`fa-pencil` (:guilabel:`Edit property`) icon next to the :guilabel:`Capture Delay` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:80 +msgid "In the popup, set the :guilabel:`Capture delay` field to :guilabel:`Manual` and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:84 +msgid "If the transaction is not captured within 7 days, the customer is entitled to revoke it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:85 +msgid "You can :ref:`manually capture ` and :ref:`refund ` payments directly from your Adyen Customer Area." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:89 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/buckaroo.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:33 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/nuvei.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:80 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:86 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sdd.rst:58 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:58 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/worldline.rst:71 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/xendit.rst:58 msgid ":doc:`../payment_providers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:13 -msgid "Adyen works only with customers processing **more** than **10 million annually** or invoicing a **minimum** of **1.000** transactions **per month**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:22 -msgid "First, reach Adyen support to enable :guilabel:`multiple partial capture` for you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:25 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:14 -msgid "Credentials tab" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:27 -msgid "Odoo needs your **API Credentials** to connect with your Adyen account, which comprise:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:29 -msgid "**Merchant Account**: The code of the merchant account to use with Adyen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:30 -msgid ":ref:`API Key `: The API key of the webservice user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:31 -msgid ":ref:`Client Key `: The client key of the webservice user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:32 -msgid ":ref:`HMAC Key `: The HMAC key of the webhook." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:33 -msgid ":ref:`Checkout API URL `: The base URL for the Checkout API endpoints." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:34 -msgid ":ref:`Recurring API URL `: The base URL for the Recurring API endpoints." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:36 -msgid "You can copy your credentials from your Adyen account, and paste them in the related fields under the **Credentials** tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:40 -msgid "If you are trying Adyen as a test, with an Adyen *test account*, head to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Providers`. There, click on :guilabel:`Adyen`, enable :guilabel:`Test Mode` and enter your credentials in the :guilabel:`Credentials` tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:48 -msgid "API Key and Client Key" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:50 -msgid "In order to retrieve the API Key and the Client Key, log into your Adyen account, go to :menuselection:`Developers --> API Credentials`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:53 -msgid "If you already have an API user, open it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:54 -msgid "If you don't have an API user yet, click on **Create new credential**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:56 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Server settings --> Authentification` and copy or generate your **API Key**. Be careful to copy your API key as you'll not be allowed to get it later without generating a new one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:60 -msgid "Now, head to :menuselection:`Client settings --> Authentification` and cody or generate your **Client Key**. This is also the place where you can :ref:`allow payments to be made from your website `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:67 -msgid "HMAC key" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:69 -msgid "In order to retrieve the HMAC Key, you'll need to configure a `Standard Notification` webhook. For this, log into your Adyen account then go to :menuselection:`Developers --> Webhooks --> Add webhook --> Add Standard notification`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:-1 -msgid "Configure a webhook." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:77 -msgid "There, in :menuselection:`General --> Server configuration --> URL`, enter your server address followed by `/payment/adyen/notification`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:-1 -msgid "Enter the notification URL." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:84 -msgid "Then enter :menuselection:`Security --> HMAC Key --> Generate`. Be careful to copy the key as you will not be allowed to do it later without generating a new one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:-1 -msgid "Generate a HMAC key and save it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:91 -msgid "You have to save the webhook to finalize its creation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:96 -msgid "API URLs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:98 -msgid "All Adyen API URLs include a customer area-specific prefix generated by Adyen. To configure the URLs, proceed as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:101 -msgid "Log into your Adyen account, then go to :menuselection:`Developers --> API URLs`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:102 -msgid "Copy the :guilabel:`Prefix` for your live Customer area (i.e., **data center**) and save it for later." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:0 -msgid "Copy the prefix for the Adyen APIs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:108 -msgid "In Odoo, :ref:`navigate to the payment provider Adyen `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:109 -msgid "In the :guilabel:`Checkout API URL` field, enter the following URL and replace `yourprefix` with the prefix you previously saved: `https://yourprefix-checkout-live.adyenpayments.com/checkout`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:112 -msgid "In the :guilabel:`Recurring API URL` field, enter the following URL and replace `yourprefix` with the prefix you previously saved: `https://yourprefix-pal-live.adyenpayments.com/pal/servlet/Recurring`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:117 -msgid "If you are trying Adyen as a test, you can use the following URLs instead:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:119 -msgid ":guilabel:`Checkout API URL`: `https://checkout-test.adyen.com`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:120 -msgid ":guilabel:`Recurring API URL`: `https://pal-test.adyen.com/pal/servlet/Recurring`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:123 -msgid "Adyen Account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:128 -msgid "Allow payments from a specific origin" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:130 -msgid "To allow payment originated from your website, follow the steps in :ref:`adyen/api_and_client_keys` to navigate to your API user and go to :menuselection:`Add allowed origins`, then add the URLs from where payments will be made (the URLs of the servers hosting your Odoo instances)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:-1 -msgid "Allows payments originated from a specific domain." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:139 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:41 -msgid "Place a hold on a card" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:141 -msgid "Adyen allows you to capture an amount manually instead of having an immediate capture." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:143 -msgid "To set it up, enable the **Capture Amount Manually** option on Odoo, as explained in the :ref:`payment providers documentation `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:146 -msgid "Then, open your Adyen Merchant Account, go to :menuselection:`Account --> Settings`, and set the **Capture Delay** to **manual**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:-1 -msgid "Capture Delay settings in Adyen" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:154 -msgid "If you configure Odoo to capture amounts manually, make sure to set the **Capture Delay** to **manual** on Adyen. Otherwise, the transaction will be blocked in the authorized state in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:159 -msgid "After **7 days**, if the transaction has not been captured yet, the customer has the right to **revoke** it." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/amazon_payment_services.rst:3 msgid "Amazon Payment Services" msgstr "" @@ -38723,6 +39025,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "`Authorize.Net `_ is a United States-based online payment solution provider, allowing businesses to accept **credit cards**." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/demo.rst:12 +msgid ":ref:`payment_providers/add_new`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:15 +msgid "Credentials tab" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:17 msgid "Odoo needs your **API Credentials & Keys** to connect with your Authorize.Net account, which comprise:" msgstr "" @@ -38759,6 +39070,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configuration tab" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:41 +msgid "Place a hold on a card" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:43 msgid "With Authorize.Net, you can enable the :ref:`manual capture `. If enabled, the funds are reserved for 30 days on the customer's card, but not charged yet." msgstr "" @@ -39111,24 +39426,32 @@ msgstr "" msgid "`Mollie `_ is an online payments platform established in the Netherlands." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:10 +msgid "Mollie configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:12 +msgid "`Create a Mollie account `_ if necessary and log in to the `Mollie Dashboard `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:15 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Payments` in the top menu, then click :guilabel:`API keys`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:16 -msgid "Odoo needs your **API Credentials** to connect with your Mollie account, which comprise:" +msgid ":guilabel:`Copy` the :guilabel:`Live API Key` (or the :guilabel:`Test API Key` if you wish to test the integration without affecting live transactions) and save it for the :ref:`payment_providers/mollie/configure_odoo` step." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:18 -msgid "**API Key**: The test or live API Key depending on the configuration of the provider." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:25 +msgid ":ref:`Navigate to the payment provider Mollie `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:20 -msgid "You can copy your credentials from your Mollie account, and paste them in the related fields under the **Credentials** tab." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:26 +msgid "Fill in the :guilabel:`API Key` with the value :ref:`previously saved `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:23 -msgid "To retrieve your API key, log into your Mollie account, go to :menuselection:`Developers --> API keys`, and copy your Test or Live **API Key**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:27 -msgid "If you are trying Mollie as a test, with the Test API key, change the **State** to *Test Mode*. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo database, rather than on your main database." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:29 +msgid "Set the :guilabel:`State` field to :guilabel:`Enabled` (or :guilabel:`Test Mode` if you want to :ref:`test the integration without affecting live transactions `)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/nuvei.rst:3 @@ -39478,10 +39801,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the :guilabel:`Credentials` tab, fill the :guilabel:`Key Id`, :guilabel:`Key Secret`, and :guilabel:`Webhook Secret` with the values you saved during :ref:`payment_providers/razorpay/configure_dashboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:75 -msgid "Configure the remaining options as needed." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:76 msgid "Set the :guilabel:`State` field to :guilabel:`Enabled` (or :guilabel:`Test Mode` if you are trying Razorpay as a :ref:`test `)." msgstr "" @@ -39610,155 +39929,110 @@ msgstr "" msgid "`List of payment methods supported by Stripe `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:13 -msgid "Create your Stripe account with Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:15 -msgid "The method to acquire your credentials depends on your hosting type:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:12 +msgid ":doc:`Use Stripe as a payment terminal in Point of Sale <../../sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:18 -msgid "Odoo Online" +msgid "Create your Stripe account with Odoo" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:20 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:29 -msgid ":ref:`Navigate to the payment provider Stripe ` and click :guilabel:`Connect Stripe`." +msgid "To create a new Stripe account and link it to your Odoo database, make sure the company's :guilabel:`Email` is configured in the :ref:`company's settings `, then follow the steps below according to your hosting type:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:22 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:31 -msgid "Go through the setup process and confirm your email address when Stripe sends you a confirmation email." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:24 -msgid "At the end of the process, click :guilabel:`Agree and submit`. If all requested information has been submitted, you are then redirected to Odoo, and your payment provider is enabled." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:25 +msgid "Odoo Online" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:36 +msgid ":ref:`Navigate to the payment provider Stripe ` and click :guilabel:`Connect Stripe`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:38 +msgid "Go through the setup process and confirm your email address when Stripe sends you a confirmation email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:31 +msgid "At the end of the process, click :guilabel:`Agree and submit`. If all requested information has been submitted, you are then redirected to Odoo, and your payment provider is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:34 msgid "Odoo.sh or On-premise" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:40 msgid "At the end of the process, click :guilabel:`Agree and submit`; you are then redirected to the payment provider **Stripe** in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:35 -msgid ":ref:`Fill in your credentials `." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:42 +msgid ":ref:`Fill in your credentials `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:36 -msgid ":ref:`Generate a webhook `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:40 -msgid "To use an existing Stripe account, :ref:`activate the Developer mode ` and :ref:`enable Stripe manually `. You can then :ref:`Fill in your credentials `, :ref:`generate a webhook `, and enable the payment provider." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:44 -msgid "You can also test Stripe using the :ref:`payment_providers/test-mode`. To do so, first, `log into your Stripe dashboard `_ and switch to the **Test mode**. Then, in Odoo, :ref:`activate the Developer mode `, :ref:`navigate to the payment provider Stripe `, :ref:`fill in your API credentials ` with the test keys, and set the :guilabel:`State` field to :guilabel:`Test Mode`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:46 +msgid "If you have created an account instead of :ref:`linking an existing one `, :ref:`enable the developer mode `, then click :guilabel:`Reset your Stripe Account` on the Stripe payment provider form, then :ref:`fill in your Stripe account's credentials `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:54 -msgid "Fill in your credentials" +msgid "Manual credential input" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:56 -msgid "If your **API credentials** are required to connect with your Stripe account, proceed as follows:" +msgid "Manual credential input is needed, for example, when linking an existing Stripe account to your Odoo database, when using an account :ref:`created on Odoo.sh or On-premise `, or when :ref:`testing Stripe without affecting live transactions `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:64 +msgid "Stripe configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:66 msgid "Go to `the API keys page on Stripe `_, or log into your Stripe dashboard and go to :menuselection:`Developers --> API Keys`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:60 -msgid "In the :guilabel:`Standard keys` section, copy the :guilabel:`Publishable key` and the :guilabel:`Secret key` and save them for later." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:62 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:101 -msgid "In Odoo, :ref:`navigate to the payment provider Stripe `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:63 -msgid "In the :guilabel:`Credentials` tab, fill in the :guilabel:`Publishable Key` and :guilabel:`Secret Key` fields with the values you previously saved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:69 -msgid "Generate a webhook" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:71 -msgid "If your **Webhook Signing Secret** is required to connect with your Stripe account, you can create a webhook automatically or manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:75 -msgid "Create the webhook automatically" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:68 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Standard keys` section, copy the :guilabel:`Publishable key` and the :guilabel:`Secret key` and save them for the :ref:`payment_providers/stripe/odoo-configuration` step." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:77 -msgid "Make sure your :ref:`Publishable and Secret keys ` are filled in, then click :guilabel:`Generate your webhook`." +msgid ":ref:`Enable the developer mode `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:80 -msgid "Create the webhook manually" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:78 +msgid ":ref:`Navigate to the Stripe payment provider `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:79 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Credentials` tab, fill in the :guilabel:`Publishable Key` and :guilabel:`Secret Key` fields with the values you :ref:`previously saved `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:82 -msgid "Go to the `Webhooks page on Stripe `_, or log into your Stripe dashboard and go to :menuselection:`Developers --> Webhooks`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:84 -msgid "In the :guilabel:`Hosted endpoints` section, click :guilabel:`Add endpoint`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Endpoint URL` field, enter your Odoo database's URL, followed by `/payment/stripe/webhook`, e.g., `https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/stripe/webhook`." +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Generate your webhook`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:87 -msgid "Click :guilabel:`Select events` at the bottom of the form, then select the following events:" +msgid "You can also test Stripe without affecting live transactions using the :ref:`test mode ` and the :ref:`API keys ` of your `Stripe account's Test Mode or a sandbox environment `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:90 -msgid "in the :guilabel:`Charge` section: :guilabel:`charge.refunded` and :guilabel:`charge.refund.updated`;" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:91 +msgid "To link the same Stripe account to :doc:`multiple companies ` in a database, :ref:`create an account ` and :ref:`fill in the credentials ` for one company, then reuse the same credentials and webhook for the others. To view the webhook, go to the `Webhooks page on Stripe `_, or log into your Stripe dashboard and go to :menuselection:`Developers --> Webhooks`. Click the destination in the list, then click the :icon:`fa-eye` (:guilabel:`Reveal secret`) icon next to the :guilabel:`Signing secret` field and copy the value." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:92 -msgid "in the :guilabel:`Payment intent` section: :guilabel:`payment_intent.amount_capturable_updated`, :guilabel:`payment_intent.payment_failed`, :guilabel:`payment_intent.processing`, and :guilabel:`payment_intent.succeeded`;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:96 -msgid "in the :guilabel:`Setup intent` section: :guilabel:`setup_intent.succeeded`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:98 -msgid "Click :guilabel:`Add events`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:99 -msgid "Click :guilabel:`Add endpoint`, then click :guilabel:`Reveal` and save your :guilabel:`Signing secret` for later." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:103 -msgid "In the :guilabel:`Credentials` tab, fill the :guilabel:`Webhook Signing Secret` field with the value you previously saved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:107 -msgid "You can select other events, but they are currently not processed by Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:102 msgid "Enable Apple Pay" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:112 -msgid "To allow customers to use the Apple Pay button to pay their eCommerce orders, go to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab, enable :guilabel:`Allow Express Checkout`, and click :guilabel:`Enable Apple Pay`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:104 +msgid "To allow customers to use the Apple Pay button to pay for their eCommerce orders, :ref:`navigate to the Stripe payment provider `, then go to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab, enable :guilabel:`Allow Express Checkout`, and click :guilabel:`Enable Apple Pay`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:110 msgid ":ref:`Express checkout and Google Pay `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:119 -msgid ":doc:`Use Stripe as a payment terminal in Point of Sale <../../sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe>`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:113 +msgid "Stripe allows to :ref:`manually capture ` and :ref:`refund ` payments either from Odoo or directly from the Stripe dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:3 diff --git a/locale/sources/general.pot b/locale/sources/general.pot index 555962f9f..f872f3380 100644 --- a/locale/sources/general.pot +++ b/locale/sources/general.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 18.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-11-18 11:05+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-12-10 08:58+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -2373,121 +2373,129 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If the database is hosted on **Odoo Online** or **Odoo.sh**, using redirections is recommended. They allow messages to be received without delay in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:204 -msgid "It is mandatory to redirect the catchall and bounce address to the Odoo subdomain of the database. Every other alias used must be redirected as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:208 -msgid "With one sales team, the following redirections are required:" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:205 +msgid "When configuring email redirections with Microsoft 365 (Exchange Online), be aware that certain technical limitations may affect your setup. Some users have reported that Microsoft 365 does not support true redirection and only allows forwarding, which may not behave as needed for Odoo's email routing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:210 +msgid "For more information on Microsoft Exchange configuration, visit `Microsoft Learn `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:213 +msgid "It is mandatory to redirect the catchall and bounce address to the Odoo subdomain of the database. Every other alias used must be redirected as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:217 +msgid "With one sales team, the following redirections are required:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:219 msgid "`catchall@company-name.com` → `catchall@company-name.odoo.com`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:220 msgid "`bounce@company-name.com` → `bounce@company-name.odoo.com`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:221 msgid "`info@company-name.com` → `info@company-name.odoo.com`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:224 msgid "Some providers ask to validate the redirection by sending a link to the target email address. This procedure is an issue for catchall and bounce since they are not used to create records." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:227 msgid "Modify the catchall value on the mail alias domain. :ref:`developer-mode` must be enabled to access this menu. For example, it can be changed from `catchall` to `temp-catchall`. This will allow to use `catchall` as the local-part of another alias." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:230 msgid "Open an app that uses an alias. For example, CRM contains aliases for each sales team. Set `catchall` as the local-part of the alias of a sales team." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:232 msgid "The validation email will create a record in the CRM app. The email sent will be visible in the chatter, allowing you to validate the redirection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:234 msgid "Do not forget to change back the alias of the sales team and the catchall value on the mail alias domain, just as they were before this procedure." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:238 msgid "An alternative to redirections is **forwarding**. With forwarding, **the address forwarding the email will be identified as the sender**, while with redirections, the original sender will always remain." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:245 msgid "Incoming mail servers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:247 msgid "As mentioned earlier, using redirections is the recommended method to receive emails in Odoo. However, it is also possible to set up incoming mail servers. Using this method means creating an incoming email server for each mailbox on your server, catchall, bounce, and every alias of the database, in order to fetch all incoming emails." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:253 msgid "Odoo's *Incoming Mail Servers* feature is designed for shared inboxes (e.g., `sales@yourcompany.com` or `support@yourcompany.com`) to route messages to team pipelines, tickets, or documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:257 msgid "Using personal email addresses (e.g., `mitchell.admin@yourcompany.com`) as incoming mail servers is **not** recommended. Doing so can lead to increased security risks, unintended message routing, privacy issues, and difficulties syncing replies correctly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:261 msgid "Incoming mail servers are created by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Emails: Incoming Mail Servers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:265 msgid "We recommend using the IMAP protocol over the POP protocol, as IMAP fetches all unread emails, while POP fetches all the emails' history and then tags them as deleted in your mailbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:269 msgid "It is also possible to connect a mailbox through :doc:`Gmail with Google OAuth ` or :doc:`Outlook with Microsoft Azure OAuth `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:272 msgid "Regardless of the protocol chosen, emails are fetched using the *Mail: Fetchmail Service* scheduled action." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:275 msgid "Additionally, using an incoming mail server in Odoo gives the opportunity to create new records in a specified model. Each incoming mail server can create records in a different model." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:279 msgid "Emails received on `task@company-name.com` are fetched by the Odoo database. All fetched emails will create a new project task in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:288 msgid "MX record" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:290 msgid "A third option is to create a MX record in your DNS zone which specifies the mail server managing emails sent to your domain. **Advanced technical knowledge is required.**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:294 msgid "This configuration only works with a subdomain on the Odoo Online or Odoo.sh infrastructure (e.g., `@mail.mydomain.com`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:297 msgid "Below are presented some specifications depending on the hosting type:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:301 #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:296 msgid "Odoo Online" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:303 msgid "The custom subdomain must be added to your :doc:`Odoo Portal <../../websites/website/configuration/domain_names>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:306 #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:301 msgid "Odoo.sh" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:308 msgid "The custom subdomain must be added to the :doc:`settings of the project <../../../administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings>`:" msgstr "" @@ -2495,15 +2503,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Adding a custom subdomain for mail to Odoo.sh project settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:317 msgid "Infinite email loops" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:319 msgid "In some cases, infinite mailing loops can be created. Odoo provides some protection against such loops, ensuring the same sender cannot send too many emails **that would create records** to an alias in a specific time span." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:323 msgid "By default, an email address can send up to 20 emails in 120 minutes. If more emails are sent, they are blocked and the sender receives the following message:" msgstr "" @@ -2511,43 +2519,43 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Bounce email received after attempting contact too many times an alias." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:329 msgid "To change the default behavior, enable :ref:`developer-mode`, then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters: System Parameters` to add two parameters." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:332 msgid "For the first parameter, enter `mail.gateway.loop.minutes` as the :guilabel:`Key` and choose a number of minutes as the :guilabel:`Value` (`120` is the default behavior)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:334 msgid "For the second parameter, enter `mail.gateway.loop.threshold` as the :guilabel:`Key` and choose a number of emails as the :guilabel:`Value` (`20` is the default behavior)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:338 msgid "Allow alias domain system parameter" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:340 msgid "Incoming aliases are set in the Odoo database to create records by receiving incoming emails. To view aliases set in the Odoo database, first activate the :ref:`developer mode `. Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical --> Aliases`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:344 msgid "The following system parameter, `mail.catchall.domain.allowed`, set with allowed alias domain values, separated by commas, filters out correctly addressed emails to aliases. Setting the domains for which the alias can create a ticket, lead, opportunity, etc., eliminates false positives where email addresses with only the prefix alias, not the domain, are present." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:349 msgid "In some instances, matches have been made in the Odoo database when an email is received with the same alias prefix and a different domain on the incoming email address. This is true in the sender, recipient, and :abbr:`CC (Carbon Copy)` email addresses of an incoming email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:354 msgid "When Odoo receives emails with the `commercial` prefix alias in the sender, recipient, or :abbr:`CC (Carbon Copy)` email addresses (e.g. commercial\\@example.com), the database falsely treats the email as the full `commercial` alias, with a different domain, and therefore, creates a ticket/lead/opportunity/etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:359 msgid "To add the `mail.catchall.domain.allowed` system parameter, first, activate the :ref:`developer mode `. Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical --> System Parameters`. Click :guilabel:`New`. Then, type in `mail.catchall.domain.allowed` for the :guilabel:`Key` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:363 msgid "Next, for the :guilabel:`Value` field, add the domains separated by commas. Manually :icon:`fa-cloud-upload` :guilabel:`(Save)`, and the system parameter takes immediate effect." msgstr "" @@ -2555,11 +2563,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "mail.catchall.domain.allowed system parameter set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:370 msgid "Local-part based incoming detection" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:372 msgid "When creating a new alias, there is an option to enable :guilabel:`Local-part based incoming detection`. If enabled, Odoo only requires the local-part to match for routing an incoming email. If this feature is turned off, Odoo requires the whole email address to match for routing an incoming email." msgstr "" @@ -5998,7 +6006,7 @@ msgid "In EU member states, `certification is legally required `_, no additional setup is required; the scale is automatically detected as soon as it is connected. If the scale is not detected, reboot the IoT box or :ref:`restart the Windows virtual IoT service ` and :ref:`update the scale's drivers `." +msgid "To connect a scale to the IoT system, use a USB cable. In some cases, you may need a serial-to-USB adapter to complete the connection. If the scale is `compatible with an IoT system `_, no additional setup is required; the scale is automatically detected as soon as it is connected. If the scale is not detected, reboot the IoT box or :ref:`restart the Windows virtual IoT service ` and :ref:`update the scale's drivers `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/scale.rst:18 diff --git a/locale/sources/hr.pot b/locale/sources/hr.pot index 21210a8b6..52236b12b 100644 --- a/locale/sources/hr.pot +++ b/locale/sources/hr.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 18.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-11-18 11:05+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-12-10 08:58+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -17581,7 +17581,7 @@ msgid ":guilabel:`Total Amount`: Enter the total amount to be paid for the salar msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salary_attachments.rst:95 -msgid ":guilabel:`Negative Amount`: Tick this checkbox if the salary attachment" +msgid ":guilabel:`Negative Amount`: Tick this checkbox if the salary attachment is a negative value." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salary_attachments.rst:96 diff --git a/locale/sources/inventory_and_mrp.pot b/locale/sources/inventory_and_mrp.pot index 125fd01d3..d2cbcf963 100644 --- a/locale/sources/inventory_and_mrp.pot +++ b/locale/sources/inventory_and_mrp.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 18.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-11-18 11:05+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-12-10 08:58+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -90,6 +90,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/rfid.rst:33 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/serial_numbers_lots.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:38 @@ -114,7 +115,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:13 @@ -689,6 +690,7 @@ msgid "When the :guilabel:`Barcode Pattern` contains `.*`, it means it can conta msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/retrieve_epcs.rst:50 msgid ":doc:`gs1_nomenclature`" msgstr "" @@ -1740,6 +1742,122 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Overview of deliveries in transfer to validate." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/retrieve_epcs.rst:3 +msgid "Retrieve EPC codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/retrieve_epcs.rst:9 +msgid "Electronic product codes (|EPC|) are globally unique identifiers assigned to specific products, allowing items to be distinguished at the individual level. These identifiers support accurate inventory management by enabling faster cycle counts, streamlined adjustments, and more precise stock control." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/retrieve_epcs.rst:14 +msgid "After EPCs are :ref:`obtained ` from |GS1|, they are :ref:`encoded ` onto |RFID| tags, which are then applied to products and used throughout the inventory process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/retrieve_epcs.rst:19 +msgid "Set up :doc:`../setup/rfid`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/retrieve_epcs.rst:22 +msgid "If using Odoo 18, |GS1|'s Encoder/Decoder tool **must** be used to retrieve EPCs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/retrieve_epcs.rst:27 +msgid "Retrieving EPCs from GS1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/retrieve_epcs.rst:29 +msgid "To retrieve an EPC to encode on a tag, use `GS1's EPC Encoder/Decoder tool `__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/retrieve_epcs.rst:32 +msgid "Enter the GTIN-14 barcode of the product in the application identifier :guilabel:`(01)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/retrieve_epcs.rst:33 +msgid "Enter the product's serial number in the :guilabel:`(21)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/retrieve_epcs.rst:34 +msgid "Specify a company prefix length." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/retrieve_epcs.rst:35 +msgid "Specify the size of the tag and its filter value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/retrieve_epcs.rst:-1 +msgid "Complete the fields of the EPC Encoder/Decoder tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/retrieve_epcs.rst:43 +msgid "Writing EPCs to RFID tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/retrieve_epcs.rst:45 +msgid "After retrieving the EPCs, you can use an RFID writer to write the EPCs onto RFID tags. The process to write EPCs varies by RFID writer manufacturer. Refer to the RFID writer's documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/retrieve_epcs.rst:51 +msgid ":doc:`gs1_usage`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/retrieve_epcs.rst:52 +msgid ":doc:`adjustments`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/scan_rfid.rst:3 +msgid "Manage inventory with RFID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/scan_rfid.rst:5 +msgid "Managing inventory with an RFID barcode scanner is possible with the **Barcodes** app and a physical RFID scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/scan_rfid.rst:8 +msgid "Make sure the RFD40 scanner is paired and connected to the mobile computer or smartphone. Open an operation (like a receipt, transfer, delivery order, or manufacturing order), or count inventory using the RFID scanner. Scanning an existing operation barcode pulls up the relevant inventory or manufacturing documents in Odoo on the mobile device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/scan_rfid.rst:14 +msgid "Overview of the workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/scan_rfid.rst:16 +msgid "With the RFD40 scanner in hand, open the **Barcode** app on the computer or phone. Open the operation record (via the **Barcode** interface or scanning the operation barcode), or open the :guilabel:`Inventory count` operation. Scan the RFID barcodes for the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/scan_rfid.rst:21 +msgid ":doc:`../setup/operation_types`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/scan_rfid.rst:23 +msgid "To begin managing inventory using RFID tags, open the **Barcode** app on the smart device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/scan_rfid.rst:28 +msgid "Manage inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/scan_rfid.rst:30 +msgid "From the **Barcode** app, scan the operation barcode or tap the :guilabel:`Operations` button to open operations for receipts, internal transfers, delivery orders, or manufacturing orders. If the reading device is not connected, Odoo will automatically connect to the device. When the device is connected, a toast notification appears on the screen that verifies the connection. Scan the products, then validate the scan on the mobile computer or smartphone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/scan_rfid.rst:-1 +msgid "Validate the operation on the mobile device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/scan_rfid.rst:42 +msgid "Counting inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/scan_rfid.rst:44 +msgid "It is required by many factories and warehouses to keep track of inventory, including regular counts of products to ensure all records are correct. To change the amount of a product in stock, or adjust inventory, open the :guilabel:`Inventory count` operation. Scan the products to count. If necessary, verify the count manually. You can update the count by clicking the :icon:`fa-pencil` :guilabel:`(edit)` icon. Click :guilabel:`Apply` to apply the count on the smart device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/scan_rfid.rst:-1 +msgid "Apply the count on the Inventory Adjustment page." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 msgid "Create and process transfers with barcodes" msgstr "" @@ -2623,6 +2741,110 @@ msgstr "" msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Consuming Components Using Barcodes `_" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/rfid.rst:3 +msgid "RFID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/rfid.rst:7 +msgid "RFID stands for Radio Frequency Identification. RFID enables the tracking of items using radio waves: RFID tags are attached to products in inventory, and RFID readers can read those tags to transmit information to a computer. RFID helps automate processes by keeping inventory accurate and tracking internal and external moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/rfid.rst:12 +msgid "RFID tags transmit electronic product codes (|EPC|), which are unique identifiers to distinguish individual items. The |EPC| in Odoo is based on GS1 standards to consistently identify products worldwide. GS1 nomenclature establishes common rules for encoding information within a barcode to facilitate the global exchange of goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/rfid.rst:18 +msgid ":doc:`../operations/gs1_nomenclature`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/rfid.rst:21 +msgid "Hardware" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/rfid.rst:23 +msgid "The following are required to begin working with RFID in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/rfid.rst:25 +msgid "Zebra TCX Series mobile computer, or" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/rfid.rst:26 +msgid "Android Smartphone" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/rfid.rst:28 +msgid "Paired with:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/rfid.rst:30 +msgid "Zebra RFD40 (can read and write RFID tags)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/rfid.rst:35 +msgid "Before using RFID tags to manage inventory, the Android Package Kit (APK) with RFID support must be installed on the mobile computer or smartphone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/rfid.rst:39 +msgid "Before installing the APK on an individual device, first enable the ability to install unknown apps in the device settings. Find this setting in the device's :guilabel:`App` or :guilabel:`App & Notification` settings, under the :guilabel:`Special access` or :guilabel:`Special app access` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/rfid.rst:44 +msgid "Then, download the APK. On the :guilabel:`Downloads` page, under the :guilabel:`Mobile Application` section, click :guilabel:`Download` next to the :guilabel:`Android` option, then select :guilabel:`Download APK (with Zebra RFID support)` from the drop-down menu. Download this file via a computer and transfer the APK via USB or Bluetooth, or use the device's web browser to download the APK." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/rfid.rst:-1 +msgid "Download the APK from the Download page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/rfid.rst:53 +msgid "Install the APK. If :guilabel:`Install unknown apps` is enabled for the device's web browser, install the APK directly from the browser download notification. If :guilabel:`Install unknown apps` is enabled for the device's file manager, open it and navigate to the location where the file is stored, then tap it to install the APK." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/rfid.rst:58 +msgid "Then, when reading or writing RFID tags, ensure that the Zebra device and the smart device are paired and connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/rfid.rst:62 +msgid "Set a compatible barcode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/rfid.rst:64 +msgid "Before you can manage inventory using RFID tags, a compatible barcode must be assigned to the products. Set the product barcode in the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/rfid.rst:68 +msgid ":ref:`Set product barcodes `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/rfid.rst:70 +msgid "To work with RFID, the product barcode must be GTIN-14-compatible, and inventory tracking must be enabled for the product. Product barcodes that are not GTIN-14-compatible must be upgraded to work with RFID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/rfid.rst:75 +msgid "Tracking by serial number or lots does not need to be enabled for this feature to work properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/rfid.rst:78 +msgid "Limitations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/rfid.rst:80 +msgid "The serial number that is part of the |EPC| must only be numeric, as SGTIN-96 is the only supported encoding scheme for RFID tags in Odoo. Alphanumeric serial numbers are **not** supported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/rfid.rst:83 +msgid "For products tracked by lot, the lot can be scanned in, but it will be considered as one lot with a quantity of `1`. It does not count individual products in a receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/rfid.rst:85 +msgid "Only ultra-high frequency (UHF) RFID tags are supported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/rfid.rst:86 +msgid "Products need to be GS1-registered because barcodes must be unique." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/serial_numbers_lots.rst:3 msgid "Barcodes for lot and serial numbers" msgstr "" @@ -3982,7 +4204,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:227 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:133 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:117 msgid "Replenishment" msgstr "" @@ -10834,72 +11056,80 @@ msgid "Delivery methods" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:7 +msgid "In Odoo, *delivery methods* make it possible to calculate shipping costs directly on sales orders and e-commerce carts, providing customers and sales teams with accurate shipping fee information. This transparency helps close sales by showing customers the exact cost for each shipping carrier or delivery timeframe." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:12 msgid "When activated in Odoo, the *Delivery Methods* setting adds the option of calculating the cost of shipping on sales orders and e-commerce shopping carts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:15 msgid "When integrated with a :ref:`third-party carrier `, shipping prices are calculated based on the carrier's pricing information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:19 msgid ":ref:`Third-party shipping carrier setup `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:20 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Delivery Prices `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:21 -msgid "To calculate shipping on sales orders and e-commerce, the *Delivery Costs* module must be installed. To do so, navigate to the :menuselection:`Apps` application from the main Odoo dashboard." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:26 +msgid "To calculate shipping on sales orders and e-commerce, the **Delivery Costs** module must be installed. To do so, navigate to the :menuselection:`Apps` application from the main Odoo dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:24 -msgid "Then, remove the :guilabel:`Apps` filter, and type in `Delivery Costs` in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar. After finding the :guilabel:`Delivery Costs` module, click :guilabel:`Activate` to install it." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:29 +msgid "Then, remove the :guilabel:`Apps` filter, and type in `Delivery Costs` in the search bar. After finding the :guilabel:`Delivery Costs` module, click :guilabel:`Install` to install it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:-1 msgid "Install the Delivery Costs module." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:38 msgid "Add shipping" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:35 -msgid "Shipping methods can be added to sales orders in the form of delivery products, which appear as individual line items. First, navigate to the desired sales order by going to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Orders`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:40 +msgid "Shipping methods are added to sales orders in the form of delivery products, which appear as individual line items. First, navigate to the desired sales order by going to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Orders`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:39 -msgid "On the sales order, click the :guilabel:`Add shipping` button, which opens the :guilabel:`Add a shipping method` pop-up window. Then, choose a :guilabel:`Shipping Method` from the list." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:44 +msgid "Open the desired sales order, then click the :guilabel:`Add shipping` button. The :guilabel:`Add a shipping method` pop-up window opens. Then, using the drop-down menu, select an available shipping method." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:42 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Total Order Weight` is pre-filled based on product weights (that are defined in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab for each product form). Edit the field to specify the exact weight, and then click :guilabel:`Add` to add the shipping method." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:48 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Total Order Weight` is pre-filled based on product weights (that are defined in the :ref:`Inventory ` tab for each product form). Edit the field to specify the exact weight, and then click :guilabel:`Add` to add the shipping method." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:53 msgid "The amount defined in :guilabel:`Total Order Weight` overwrites the total product weights defined on the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:50 -msgid "The shipping cost is added to the *sales order line* as the :guilabel:`Delivery Product` detailed on the shipping method form." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:57 +msgid "Some connected shipping methods require obtaining rates from the carrier. In this situation, click the :icon:`oi-arrow-right` :guilabel:`Get rate` button, and the shipping costs are automatically updated from the carrier. These rates cannot be modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:54 -msgid "`Furniture Delivery`, a delivery product with a fixed rate of `$200`, is added to sales order `S00088`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:61 +msgid "The shipping cost is added as a line item in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab as the :guilabel:`Delivery Product` detailed on the shipping method form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:65 +msgid "A customer purchased a left-sided desk with storage and requested the item be delivered by hand. This delivery method is defined as `Furniture Delivery (Manual)` and has a cost of `$200`. The sales order contains two line items: one for the desk, and another for the delivery method." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:0 msgid "Show delivery order on the sales order line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:73 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:267 msgid "Delivery order" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:63 -msgid "The shipping method added to the sales order is linked to the shipping carrier details on the delivery order. To add or change the delivery method on the delivery itself, go to the :guilabel:`Additional Info` tab and modify the :guilabel:`Carrier` field." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:75 +msgid "The shipping method added to the sales order is linked to the shipping carrier details on the delivery order. After confirming the order, a :icon:`fa-truck` :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears at the top of the page. Click the :icon:`fa-truck` :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to open the warehouse delivery form. To add or change the delivery method on the delivery itself, open the :guilabel:`Additional Info` tab and modify the :guilabel:`Carrier` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:-1 @@ -11697,7 +11927,7 @@ msgid "To integrate `Envia.com `_ with Odoo, first create msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/envia_shipping.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:13 msgid "Create an account and activate carriers" msgstr "" @@ -11750,7 +11980,7 @@ msgid "API Keys in Envia.com." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/envia_shipping.rst:62 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:84 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:90 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:165 msgid "Setup in Odoo" @@ -11829,7 +12059,7 @@ msgid "If more than one shipping option is needed, create more shipping methods msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/envia_shipping.rst:119 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:207 msgid "Shipping information" msgstr "" @@ -11842,7 +12072,7 @@ msgid "**Customer information**: When creating a quotation, ensure the selected msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/envia_shipping.rst:127 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:215 msgid "To verify, select the :guilabel:`Customer` field to open their contact page. Here, add their shipping address in the :guilabel:`Contact` field, along with their :guilabel:`Mobile` number and :guilabel:`Email` address." msgstr "" @@ -12007,7 +12237,7 @@ msgid "When creating a quotation in Odoo, add shipping and the :guilabel:`Envia. msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/envia_shipping.rst:217 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:236 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:205 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping label(s)` depending on the number of packages." msgstr "" @@ -12021,7 +12251,7 @@ msgid "When labels are created, Envia.com automatically charges the configured a msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/envia_shipping.rst:225 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:240 msgid "Additionally, the tracking number is now available." msgstr "" @@ -12066,12 +12296,12 @@ msgid "Customer portal tracking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/envia_shipping.rst:266 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:282 msgid "FAQ" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/envia_shipping.rst:269 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:323 msgid "Measuring volumetric weight" msgstr "" @@ -12435,7 +12665,7 @@ msgid ":guilabel:`Delivery Product` (*required*): the product listed on the :ref msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:51 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:54 msgid ":guilabel:`Free if order amount is above`: checking this box enables free shipping if the customer spends above the specified amount." msgstr "" @@ -12877,90 +13107,111 @@ msgid ":guilabel:`Delivery Method` (*Required field*): the name of the delivery msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:36 -msgid ":guilabel:`Website`: configure shipping methods for an **eCommerce** page. Select the applicable website from the drop-down menu, or leave it blank to apply the method to all web pages." +msgid ":guilabel:`Website`: configure shipping methods for an **eCommerce** page. Select the applicable website from the drop-down menu, or leave it blank to apply the method to all web pages. This field only appears when the **eCommerce** app is enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:39 msgid ":guilabel:`Provider` (*Required field*): choose the delivery service, like FedEx, if using a :ref:`third-party carrier `. Ensure the integration with the shipping carrier is properly installed and select the provider from the drop-down menu. For more details on configuring custom shipping methods, such as :ref:`fixed price ` or :ref:`based on rules ` options, refer to their respective sections below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:44 -msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: If the shipping method should apply to a specific company, select it from the drop-down menu. Leave the field blank to apply the method to all companies." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:45 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: If the shipping method should apply to a specific company, select it from the drop-down menu. Leave the field blank to apply the method to all companies. This field only appears in multi-company databases." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:46 -msgid ":guilabel:`Routes`: select the applicable routes to define different delivery methods, such as standard or express shipping, based on varying lead times. For more information, jump to the :ref:`Set routes on shipping method ` section." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:48 +msgid ":guilabel:`Routes`: select the applicable routes to define different delivery methods, such as standard or express shipping, based on varying lead times. This field only appears when you have enabled multi-step routes in your inventory configuration settings. For more information, refer to the :ref:`Set routes on shipping method ` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:52 msgid ":guilabel:`Delivery Product` (*Required field*): the product listed on the :ref:`sales order line ` as the delivery charge." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:56 msgid ":guilabel:`Tracking Link`: This option adds a link to the portal so the customer can track their delivery. When a custom carrier is added in a delivery order, the tracking button is enabled, and the link directs to the tracking portal with that URL." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:59 -msgid "Use the :guilabel:`Availability` tab to define conditions for the delivery method based on the order's content or destination:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:62 -msgid ":guilabel:`Countries`: Specify one or more countries where the method is available." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:61 +msgid "To set up `$200` flate-rate shipping, fill in the following fields:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:63 -msgid ":guilabel:`Max Weight`: Set a maximum weight; the method is only available for orders below this limit." +msgid ":guilabel:`Delivery Method`: `Furniture Delivery (Manual)`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:65 -msgid ":guilabel:`Max Volume`: Set a maximum volume; the method is only available for orders below this limit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:67 -msgid ":guilabel:`Must Have Tags`: The method is available only if at least one product in the order has one of these tags." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:69 -msgid ":guilabel:`Excluded Tags`: The method is unavailable if at least one product in the order has one of these tags." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:72 -msgid "For examples on how to configure specific shipping methods, refer to the sections below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:77 -msgid "Fixed price" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:79 -msgid "To configure a shipping price that is the same for all orders, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Delivery Methods`. Then, click :guilabel:`New`, and on the shipping method form, set the :guilabel:`Provider` to the :guilabel:`Fixed Price` option. Selecting this option makes the :guilabel:`Fixed Price` field become available, which is where the fixed rate shipping amount is defined." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:85 -msgid "To enable free shipping if the amount of the order exceeds a specified amount, check the box :guilabel:`Free if order amount is above` and fill in the amount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:89 -msgid "To set up `$20` flat-rate shipping that becomes free if the customer spends over `$100`, fill in the following fields:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:92 -msgid ":guilabel:`Delivery Method`: `Flat-rate shipping`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:107 msgid ":guilabel:`Provider`: :guilabel:`Fixed Price`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:65 +msgid ":guilabel:`Fixed Price`: `200`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:66 +msgid ":guilabel:`Delivery Product`: :guilabel:`Furniture Delivery (manual)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:0 +msgid "Set up a delivery method with a fixed price of 200." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:73 +msgid "Use the :guilabel:`Availability` tab to define conditions for the delivery method based on the order's content or destination:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:76 +msgid ":guilabel:`Countries`: Specify one or more countries where the method is available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:77 +msgid ":guilabel:`Max Weight`: Set a maximum weight; the method is only available for orders below this limit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:79 +msgid ":guilabel:`Max Volume`: Set a maximum volume; the method is only available for orders below this limit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:81 +msgid ":guilabel:`Must Have Tags`: The method is available only if at least one product in the order has one of these tags." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:83 +msgid ":guilabel:`Excluded Tags`: The method is unavailable if at least one product in the order has one of these tags." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:86 +msgid "For examples on how to configure specific shipping methods, refer to the sections below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:91 +msgid "Fixed price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:93 +msgid "To configure a shipping price that is the same for all orders, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Delivery Methods`. Then, click :guilabel:`New`, and on the shipping method form, set the :guilabel:`Provider` to the :guilabel:`Fixed Price` option. Selecting this option makes the :guilabel:`Fixed Price` field become available, which is where the fixed rate shipping amount is defined." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:99 +msgid "To enable free shipping if the amount of the order exceeds a specified amount, check the box :guilabel:`Free if order amount is above` and fill in the amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:103 +msgid "To set up `$20` flat-rate shipping that becomes free if the customer spends over `$100`, fill in the following fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:106 +msgid ":guilabel:`Delivery Method`: `Flat-rate shipping`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:108 msgid ":guilabel:`Fixed Price`: `$20.00`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:109 msgid ":guilabel:`Free if order amount is above`: `$100.00`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:110 msgid ":guilabel:`Delivery Product`: `[SHIP] Flat`" msgstr "" @@ -12968,27 +13219,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of filling out a shipping method." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:118 msgid "Based on rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:120 msgid "To calculate the price of shipping based on pricing rules, set the :guilabel:`Provider` field to the :guilabel:`Based on Rules` option. Optionally, adjust :guilabel:`Margin on Rate` and :guilabel:`Additional margin` to include additional shipping costs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:125 msgid "Create pricing rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:127 msgid "Navigate to the :guilabel:`Pricing` tab and click :guilabel:`Add a line`. Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Create Pricing Rules` window, where the :guilabel:`Condition` related to the product weight, volume, price, or quantity is compared to a defined amount to calculate the :guilabel:`Delivery Cost`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:132 msgid "Once finished, click either :guilabel:`Save & New` to add another rule, or :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:135 msgid "To charge customers $20 in shipping for orders with five or fewer products, set the :guilabel:`Condition` to `Quantity <= 5.00`, and the :guilabel:`Delivery Cost` to `$20`." msgstr "" @@ -12996,37 +13247,37 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Display window to add a pricing rule. Set a condition and delivery cost." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:141 msgid "To restrict shipping to specific destinations on the **eCommerce** website, in the shipping method form, navigate to the :guilabel:`Destination Availability` tab and define the :guilabel:`Countries`, :guilabel:`States`, and :guilabel:`Zip Prefixes`. Leave these fields empty if all locations apply." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:146 msgid "Calculate delivery cost" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:148 msgid "Shipping cost is the :guilabel:`Delivery cost` specified in the rule that satisfies the :guilabel:`Condition`, plus any extra charges from the :guilabel:`Margin on rate` and :guilabel:`Additional margin`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:152 msgid "Total = Rule's~Delivery~Cost + (Margin~on~rate \\times Rule's~Delivery~Cost) + Additional~margin\n" "\n" "" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:156 msgid "With the two following rules set up:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:158 msgid "If the order contains five or fewer products, shipping is $20" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:159 msgid "If the order contains more than five products, shipping is $50." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:161 msgid ":guilabel:`Margin on Rate` is `10%` and :guilabel:`Additional margin` is `$9.00`." msgstr "" @@ -13034,59 +13285,59 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show example of \"Based on rules\" shipping method with margins configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:166 msgid "When the first rule is applied, the delivery cost is $31 (20 + (0.1 * 20) + 9). When the second rule is applied, the delivery cost is $64 (50 + (0.1 * 50) + 9)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:172 msgid "Route on shipping method" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:174 msgid "Optionally, set different warehouse delivery processes for a shipping method by configuring different :doc:`routes <../daily_operations/use_routes>` for it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:178 msgid "Configuring multiple routes per shipping method is helpful for adjusting warehouse delivery processes based on:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:181 msgid "speed (e.g., use :doc:`one-step delivery <../daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step>` for express shipping, or :doc:`two-step <../daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>` for standard shipping)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:184 msgid "international shipping (e.g. use :doc:`three-step delivery <../daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>` to prepare documents for customs)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:186 msgid "in-store pickup or home delivery: ship from the central warehouse, or pick from the store's stock, depending on customer selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:189 msgid "To set up routes, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Routes`. Click :guilabel:`New`, or select the desired route." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:192 msgid "On the route form, in the :guilabel:`Applicable On` section, tick the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:198 msgid "Routes form with the Shipping Methods checkbox selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:198 msgid "Routes form with the :guilabel:`Shipping Method` checkbox ticked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:200 msgid "Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Delivery Methods`, and select the desired shipping method." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:203 msgid "On the shipping method form, in the :guilabel:`Routes` field, select the available fulfillment routes from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:207 msgid "If the desired route is not selectable, check that the *Shipping Methods* option is enabled in the route's *Applicable On* section." msgstr "" @@ -13483,31 +13734,31 @@ msgid "Sendcloud is a shipping service aggregator that facilitates the integrati msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:10 -msgid "`Sendcloud integration documentation `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:14 msgid "Setup in Sendcloud" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:19 -msgid "To get started, go to `Sendcloud's platform `_ to configure the account and generate the connector credentials. Log in with the Sendcloud account, or create a new one if needed." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:15 +msgid "To get started, `create or log in to a Sendcloud account `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:18 +msgid "On the Sendcloud platform, follow the `Sendcloud integration documentation `_ to configure the account and generate the connector credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:23 msgid "For new account creation, Sendcloud will ask for a :abbr:`VAT (Value-Added Tax Identification)` number or :abbr:`EORI (Economic Operators' Registration and Identification)` number. After completing the account setup, activate (or deactivate) the shipping carriers that will be used in the Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:29 msgid "Odoo integration of Sendcloud works on free Sendcloud plans *only* if a bank account is linked, since Sendcloud won't ship for free. To use shipping rules, or individual custom carrier contacts, a paid plan of Sendcloud is **required**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:185 msgid "Warehouse configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:38 msgid "Once logged into the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Shipping --> Addresses`, and fill in the field for :guilabel:`Warehouse address`." msgstr "" @@ -13515,7 +13766,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Adding addresses in the Sendcloud settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:45 msgid "To allow Sendcloud to process returns as well, a :guilabel:`Return Address` is required. Under the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous section`, there is a field called :guilabel:`Address Name (optional)`. The Odoo warehouse name should be entered here, and the characters should be exactly the same." msgstr "" @@ -13555,23 +13806,23 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: `My Company (San Francisco)`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:62 msgid "Notice how the inputs for the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field, for both the Odoo configuration and the Sendcloud configuration, are the exact same." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:66 msgid "Generate Sendcloud credentials" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:68 msgid "In the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Integrations` in the menu on the right. Next, search for :guilabel:`Odoo Native`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Connect`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:71 msgid "After clicking on :guilabel:`Connect`, the page redirects to the :guilabel:`Sendcloud API` settings page, where the :guilabel:`Public and Secret Keys` are produced. The next step is to name the :guilabel:`Integration`. The naming convention is as follows: `Odoo CompanyName`, with the user's company name replacing `CompanyName` (e.g. `Odoo StealthyWood`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:76 msgid "Then, check the box next to :guilabel:`Service Points` and select the shipping services for this integration. After saving, the :guilabel:`Public and Secret Keys` are generated." msgstr "" @@ -13579,19 +13830,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configuring the Sendcloud integration and receiving the credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:86 msgid "To ensure seamless Sendcloud integration with Odoo, :ref:`install ` and :ref:`link ` the Sendcloud shipping connector to the Sendcloud account. Then, :ref:`configure Odoo fields `, so Sendcloud can accurately pull shipping data to generate labels." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:94 msgid ":ref:`Enable pickup points on websites `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:99 msgid "Install Sendcloud shipping module" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:101 msgid "After the Sendcloud account is set up and configured, it's time to configure the Odoo database. To get started, go to Odoo's :guilabel:`Apps` module, search for the `Sendcloud Shipping` integration, and install it." msgstr "" @@ -13599,88 +13850,88 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Sendcloud Shipping module in the Odoo Apps module." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:112 msgid "Sendcloud shipping connector configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:114 msgid "Once installed, activate the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` module in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. The :guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector` setting is found under the :guilabel:`Shipping Connectors` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:118 msgid "After activating the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector`, click on the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping Methods` link below the listed connector. Once on the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` page, click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:115 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Methods` can also be accessed by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping Methods`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:126 msgid "Fill out the following fields in the :guilabel:`New Shipping Method` form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:128 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Method`: type `Sendcloud DPD`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:129 msgid ":guilabel:`Provider`: select :guilabel:`Sendcloud` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:130 msgid ":guilabel:`Delivery Product`: set the product that was configured for this shipping method or create a new product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:132 msgid "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Public Key`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:133 msgid "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Secret Key`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:138 msgid "Pickup points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:140 msgid "Sendcloud's `service point delivery `_ lets customers choose a pickup location (such as a nearby shop or locker) instead of entering a private delivery address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:145 msgid "To enable the feature, go to the shipping method form, and in the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, under the :guilabel:`Options` section, enable :guilabel:`Use Sendcloud Locations` feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:150 msgid "Pickup point selection is only available through the **Website** app (the online checkout view). It is not currently possible to select a pickup point manually through the **Sales** app (the internal database view)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:154 msgid "For example, if the customer selects a shipping method like *Sendcloud Mondial Relay*, they must choose a pickup point during the checkout process on the website. If no pickup point is selected, the delivery order cannot be validated in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:159 msgid "Load shipping products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:161 msgid "After configuring and saving the form, follow these steps to load the shipping products:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:163 msgid "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab of the :guilabel:`New Shipping Method` form, click on the :guilabel:`Load your SendCloud shipping products` link." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:165 msgid "Select the shipping products the company would like to use for deliveries and returns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:166 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Select`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:169 msgid "Sample Sendcloud shipping products configured in Odoo:" msgstr "" @@ -13704,7 +13955,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Maximum Weight`: `31.50`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:177 msgid ":guilabel:`Countries`: `Austria` `Belgium` `Bosnia` `Herzegovina` `Bulgaria` `Croatia` `Czech` `Republic` `Denmark` `Estonia` `Finland` `France` `Germany` `Greece` `Hungary` `Iceland` `Ireland` `Italy` `Latvia` `Liechtenstein` `Lithuania` `Luxembourg` `Monaco` `Netherlands` `Norway` `Poland` `Portugal` `Romania` `Serbia` `Slovakia` `Slovenia` `Spain` `Sweden` `Switzerland`" msgstr "" @@ -13737,71 +13988,71 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of shipping products configured in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:195 msgid "Sendcloud does not provide test keys when a company tests the sending of a package in Odoo. This means if a package is created, the configured Sendcloud account will be charged, unless the associated package is cancelled within 24 hours of creation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:199 msgid "Odoo has a built-in layer of protection against unwanted charges when using test environments. Within a test environment, if a shipping method is used to create labels, then those labels are immediately cancelled after the creation — this occurs automatically. The test and production environment settings can be toggled back and forth from their respective smart buttons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:209 msgid "To use Sendcloud to generate shipping labels, the following information **must** be filled out accurately and completely in Odoo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:212 msgid "**Customer information**: when creating a quotation, ensure the selected :guilabel:`Customer` has a valid phone number, email address, and shipping address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:219 msgid "**Product weight**: ensure all products in an order have a specified :guilabel:`Weight` in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of their product form. Refer to the :ref:`Product weight section ` of this article for detailed instructions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:223 msgid "**Warehouse address**: ensure the warehouse name and address in Odoo match the :ref:`previously defined warehouse ` in the Sendcloud setup. For details on warehouse configuration in Odoo, refer to the :ref:`warehouse configuration section ` of the third-party shipping documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:230 msgid "Generate labels with Sendcloud" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:232 msgid "When creating a quotation in Odoo, add shipping and a :guilabel:`Sendcloud shipping product`. Then, :guilabel:`Validate` the delivery. Shipping label documents are automatically generated in the chatter, which include the following:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:237 msgid ":guilabel:`Return label(s)` if the Sendcloud connector is configured for returns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:238 msgid ":guilabel:`Customs document(s)` should the destination country require them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:243 msgid "When return labels are created, Sendcloud automatically charges the configured Sendcloud account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:246 msgid "Shipping rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:248 msgid "Optionally, create shipping rules to automatically generate shipping labels tailored to different product needs. For example, a shipping rule can be created for customers shipping expensive jewelry items to purchase insurance." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:253 msgid "Shipping rules do **not** affect :ref:`shipping rate calculations `, and are only used to improve the process of :doc:`generating shipping labels `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:257 msgid "To use shipping rules, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Delivery: Shipping Methods`, and select the intended `Sendcloud` shipping method." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:260 msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Configuration` tab, in the :guilabel:`OPTIONS` section, choose the kind of shipments the shipping rules apply to, via the :guilabel:`Use Sendcloud shipping rules` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:264 msgid "From here, choose either: :guilabel:`Shipping` to customers, :guilabel:`Returns` from customers, or :guilabel:`Both`." msgstr "" @@ -13809,35 +14060,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Use Shipping Rules field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:271 msgid "Then, in the Sendcloud website, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Shipping rules`. Create a new shipping rule by clicking :guilabel:`Create New`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:274 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Actions` section, set a :guilabel:`Condition` to determine when the rule applies. Then, configure what to do when packages meet the condition." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:278 msgid "`Create shipping rules on Sendcloud `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:285 msgid "Shipment is too heavy" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:287 msgid "If the shipment is too heavy for the Sendcloud service that is configured, then the weight is split to simulate multiple packages. Products will need to be put in different :guilabel:`Packages` to :guilabel:`Validate` the transfer and generate labels." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:291 msgid ":guilabel:`Rules` can also be set up in Sendcloud to use other shipping methods when the weight is too heavy. However, note that these rules will not apply to the shipping price calculation on the calculation on the sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:296 msgid "Personal carrier contract" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:300 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:298 msgid "Use custom prices from a direct carrier contract, via CSV upload, by first logging into Sendcloud, navigating to :menuselection:`Settings --> Carriers --> My contracts`, and then selecting the intended contract." msgstr "" @@ -13845,11 +14096,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Navigate to the contracts section in Sendcloud." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:306 msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Contract prices` section, click :guilabel:`Download CSV` and fill out the contract prices in the :guilabel:`price` column of the CSV file template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:310 msgid "Ensure the CSV file includes the correct prices to avoid any inaccuracies." msgstr "" @@ -13857,31 +14108,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show sample contract CSV from Sendcloud, highlighting the price column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:316 msgid ":guilabel:`Upload` the completed CSV file to Sendcloud, then click :guilabel:`Save these prices`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:319 msgid "`Sendcloud: How to upload contract prices with carriers `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:325 msgid "Many carriers have several measures for weight. There is the actual weight of the products in the parcel, and there is the *volumetric weight* (:dfn:`Volumetric weight is the volume that a package occupies when in transit. In other words it is the physical size of a package`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:330 msgid "Check to see if selected carrier(s) already have defined formulas to compute the volumetric weight." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:336 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:334 msgid "`Sendcloud: How to calculate & automate parcel volumetric weight `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:338 msgid "Unable to calculate shipping rate" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:340 msgid "First, verify that the product being shipped has a weight that is supported by the selected shipping method. If this is set, then verify that the destination country (from the customer address) is supported by the carrier. The country of origin (warehouse address) should also be supported by the carrier." msgstr "" @@ -27037,47 +27288,43 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Purchase Agreements enabled in the Purchase app settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:38 -msgid "To create a blanket order, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Blanket Orders`, and click :guilabel:`New`. This opens a new blanket order form." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:37 +msgid "To create a blanket order, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Agreements`, and click :guilabel:`New`. This opens a new purchase agreement form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:41 -msgid "Configure the following fields in the new blanket order form to establish predetermined rules for the recurring long-term agreement:" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:40 +msgid "Configure the following fields in the new purchase agreement form to establish predetermined rules for the recurring long-term agreement:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:44 -msgid ":guilabel:`Purchase Representative`: the user assigned to this specific blanket order. By default, this is the user who created the agreement; the user can be changed directly from the drop-down menu next to this field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:47 -msgid ":guilabel:`Agreement Type`: the type of purchase agreement this blanket order is classified as. In Odoo, blanket orders are the only official purchase agreement." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:43 msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: the supplier to whom this agreement is tied, either once or on a recurring basis. The vendor can be selected directly from the drop-down menu next to this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:45 +msgid ":guilabel:`Buyer`: the user assigned to this specific blanket order. By default, this is the user who created the agreement; the user can be changed directly from the drop-down menu next to this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:48 +msgid ":guilabel:`Agreement Type`: the type of purchase agreement this blanket order is classified as. Use the drop-down menu to choose :guilabel:`Blanket Order` if not already selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:50 msgid ":guilabel:`Currency`: the agreed-upon currency to be used for this exchange. If multiple currencies have been activated in the database, the currency can be changed from the drop-down menu next to this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:54 -msgid ":guilabel:`Agreement Deadline`: the date that this purchase agreement will be set to expire on. If this blanket order should not expire, leave this field blank." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:53 +msgid ":guilabel:`Agreement Validity`: the date range this agreement should be valid for. If this blanket order should not expire, leave this field blank." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:56 -msgid ":guilabel:`Ordering Date`: the date that this blanket order should be placed on if a new quotation is created directly from the blanket order form. If a new quotation is created, this value automatically populates the *Order Deadline* field on the |RfQ|." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:55 +msgid ":guilabel:`Reference`: the source purchase order (PO) that this blanket order is tied to. If this blanket order should not be tied to any existing |PO|, leave this field blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:57 +msgid ":guilabel:`Operation Type`: the operation type that should be applied to this order once it is delivered." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:59 -msgid ":guilabel:`Delivery Date`: the expected delivery date that the products included in an |RfQ| are expected, if created directly from a blanket order form. If a new quotation is created, this value automatically populates the *Expected Arrival* field on the |RfQ|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:62 -msgid ":guilabel:`Source Document`: the source purchase order (PO) that this blanket order is tied to. If this blanket order should not be tied to any existing |PO|, leave this field blank." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:64 msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: the company assigned to this specific blanket order. By default, this is the company that the user creating the blanket order is listed under. If the database is not a multi-company database, this field **cannot** be changed, and defaults to the only company listed in the database." msgstr "" @@ -27085,92 +27332,44 @@ msgstr "" msgid "New blanket order purchase agreement with added products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:67 msgid "Once all relevant fields have been filled out, click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add products under the :guilabel:`Product` column. Then, in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column, change the quantity of each product, and set a price in the :guilabel:`Unit Price` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:72 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst:48 msgid "When adding products to a new blanket order, the pre-existing prices of products are not automatically added to the product lines. Instead, the prices **must** be manually assigned, by changing the value in the :guilabel:`Unit Price` column to an agreed-upon price with the listed vendor. Otherwise, the price will remain `0`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:77 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to save this new purchase agreement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:79 +msgid "Once confirmed, the blanket order's stage changes from :guilabel:`Draft` to :guilabel:`Confirmed`, meaning this agreement can be selected and used when creating new |RfQs|." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:83 -msgid "To view and change the default purchase agreement settings for blanket orders directly from the blanket order form, click the :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` icon that becomes visible when hovering over the :guilabel:`Agreement Type` field, where :guilabel:`Blanket Order` is listed. This navigates to the blanket order settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:-1 -msgid "Internal link arrow next to Agreement Type field on blanket order form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:92 -msgid "From here, the settings for blanket orders can be edited. Under the :guilabel:`Agreement Type` section, the name of the :guilabel:`Agreement Type` can be changed, and the :guilabel:`Agreement Selection Type` can be changed, as well. There are two options that can be activated for the type of selection:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:97 -msgid ":guilabel:`Select only one RfQ (exclusive)`: when a purchase order is confirmed, the remaining purchase orders are cancelled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:99 -msgid ":guilabel:`Select multiple RfQ (non-exclusive)`: when a purchase order is confirmed, remaining purchase orders are **not** cancelled. Instead, multiple purchase orders are allowed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:102 -msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Data For New Quotations` section, the :guilabel:`Lines` and :guilabel:`Quantities` fields can be edited. Doing so sets how new quotations should be populated when using this purchase agreement." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:-1 -msgid "Purchase Agreement type edit screen for blanket orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:110 -msgid "There are two options that can be activated for :guilabel:`Lines`:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:112 -msgid ":guilabel:`Use lines of agreement`: when creating a new quotation, the product lines pre-populate with the same products listed on the blanket order, if said blanket order is chosen for the new quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:115 -msgid ":guilabel:`Do not create RfQ lines automatically`: when creating a new quotation, **and** selecting an existing blanket order, the settings carry over to the new quotation, but the product lines do **not** populate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:119 -msgid "And, there are two options that can be activated for :guilabel:`Quantities`:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:121 -msgid ":guilabel:`Use quantities of agreement`: when creating a new quotation, the product quantities listed on the blanket order pre-populate on the product lines, if said blanket order is chosen for the new quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:124 -msgid ":guilabel:`Set quantities manually`: when creating a new quotation, **and** selecting an existing blanket order, the product lines pre-populate, but all quantities are set to `0`. The quantities **must** be manually set by the user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:128 -msgid "Once any desired changes have been made, click :guilabel:`New` (via the breadcrumbs, at the top of the page) to navigate back to the blanket order form. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to save this new purchase agreement." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:132 -msgid "Once confirmed, the blanket order's stage (in the upper-right corner) changes from :guilabel:`Draft` to :guilabel:`Ongoing`, meaning this agreement can be selected and used when creating new |RfQs|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:136 msgid "After creating and confirming a blanket order, products, quantities, and prices can still be edited, added, and removed from the purchase agreement." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:87 msgid "Create a new |RfQ| from the blanket order" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:142 -msgid "After confirming a blanket order, new quotations can be created directly from the blanket order form. |RfQs| using this form are pre-populated with information based on the rules set in the form. Additionally, new quotations are automatically linked to this blanket order form, via the :guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button at the top-right of the form." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:89 +msgid "After confirming a blanket order, new quotations can be created directly from the blanket order form. |RfQs| using this form are pre-populated with information based on the rules set in the form. The total quantities of products ordered through linked |RfQs| are automatically updated in the :guilabel:`Ordered` field on the agreement." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:94 +msgid "Additionally, new quotations are automatically linked to this blanket order form, via the :guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button at the top-right of the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:97 msgid "To create a new quotation from the blanket order form, click the :guilabel:`New Quotation` button. This opens a new |RfQ|, that is pre-populated with the correct information, depending on the settings configured on the blanket order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:101 msgid "From the new |RfQ| form, click :guilabel:`Send by Email` to compose and send an email to the listed vendor. Click :guilabel:`Print RFQ` to generate a printable PDF of the quotation; or, once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the |PO|." msgstr "" @@ -27178,7 +27377,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "New quotation with copied products and rules from blanket order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:108 msgid "Once the |PO| has been confirmed, click back to the blanket order form (via the breadcrumbs, at the top of the page). From the blanket order form, there is now one |RfQ| listed in the :guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button at the top-right of the form. Click the :guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button to see the |PO| that was just created." msgstr "" @@ -27186,11 +27385,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "RFQs and Orders smart button from blanket order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:119 msgid "Once a blanket order is confirmed, a new vendor line is added under the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab of the products included in the order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:122 msgid "This makes blanket orders useful with :doc:`automated replenishment <../../purchase/products/reordering>`, because information about the :guilabel:`Vendor`, :guilabel:`Price`, and the :guilabel:`Agreement` are referenced on the vendor line. This information dictates when, where, and at what price the product should be replenished." msgstr "" @@ -27198,7 +27397,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Product form with replenishment agreement linked to blanket order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:131 msgid ":doc:`calls_for_tenders`" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/sales.pot b/locale/sources/sales.pot index 345ed71f7..73c1fdbf6 100644 --- a/locale/sources/sales.pot +++ b/locale/sources/sales.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 18.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-11-18 11:05+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-12-10 08:58+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:25 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:59 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/resellers.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/combos.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:6 @@ -1776,7 +1776,7 @@ msgid "Add Custom Filters pop-up window with custom filters configured for expec msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/expected_revenue_report.rst:118 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/forecast_report.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/forecast_report.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/unattended_leads_report.rst:145 #: ../../content/applications/sales/members/members_analysis.rst:39 msgid "View results" @@ -1953,34 +1953,34 @@ msgid "Prorated revenue" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/forecast_report.rst:52 -msgid "At the top of the column for each month on the :guilabel:`Forecast` reporting page, to the right of the progress bar, is a sum of the prorated revenue for that time frame." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/forecast_report.rst:55 -msgid "The prorated revenue is calculated using the formula below:" +msgid "The prorated revenue is the :guilabel:`Expected Revenue` amount that is displayed at the top of the column for each month on the :guilabel:`Forecast` reporting page. This value is situated to the right of the progress bar. The calculation for :guilabel:`Expected Revenue` is the total of the prorated revenue specific to that particular time frame." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/forecast_report.rst:57 +msgid "The prorated revenue is calculated using the formula below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/forecast_report.rst:59 msgid "\\text{Expected Revenue} \\times \\text{Probability} = \\text{Prorated Revenue}" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/forecast_report.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/forecast_report.rst:63 msgid "As opportunities are moved from one column to another, the column's revenue is automatically updated to reflect the change." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/forecast_report.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/forecast_report.rst:67 msgid "A forecast report for June includes two opportunities:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/forecast_report.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/forecast_report.rst:69 msgid "The first opportunity, `Global Solutions`, has an expected revenue of `$3,800`, and a probability of `90%`. This results in a prorated revenue of `$3,420`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/forecast_report.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/forecast_report.rst:72 msgid "The second opportunity, `Quote for 600 Chairs`, has an expected revenue of `$22,500`, and a probability of `20%`. This results in a prorated revenue of `$4,500`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/forecast_report.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/forecast_report.rst:75 msgid "The combined prorated revenue of the opportunities is `$7,920`, which is listed at the top of the column for the month." msgstr "" @@ -1988,11 +1988,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "An example of the prorated revenue for one month of the forecast report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/forecast_report.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/forecast_report.rst:83 msgid "For more information on how probability is assigned to opportunities, see :doc:`../track_leads/lead_scoring`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/forecast_report.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/forecast_report.rst:89 msgid "Click the :icon:`fa-area-chart` :guilabel:`(area chart)` icon to change to graph view. Then, click the corresponding icon at the top of the report to switch to a :icon:`fa-bar-chart` :guilabel:`(bar chart)`, :icon:`fa-line-chart` :guilabel:`(line chart)`, or :icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`(pie chart)`." msgstr "" @@ -2000,11 +2000,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A pie chart view of the Forecast report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/forecast_report.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/forecast_report.rst:98 msgid "Click the |pivot| to change to the pivot view, or the |list| to change to the list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/forecast_report.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/forecast_report.rst:101 #: ../../content/applications/sales/members/members_analysis.rst:49 msgid "The :ref:`pivot view ` can be used to view and analyze data in a more in-depth manner. Multiple measures can be selected, and data can be viewed by month, and by opportunity stage." msgstr "" @@ -2013,7 +2013,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A sample of the forecast report in the pivot view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/forecast_report.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/forecast_report.rst:110 msgid "To save this report as a *favorite*, see :ref:`search/favorites`." msgstr "" @@ -3722,7 +3722,7 @@ msgid "Assign leads with predictive lead scoring" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:5 -msgid "The Odoo *CRM* app can automatically assign leads/opportunities to sales teams and salespeople. A standard practice is to assign leads based on the probability of winning each lead. Companies can prioritize the leads that are more likely to result in successful deals by quickly assigning them to the appropriate salespeople." +msgid "The Odoo **CRM** app can automatically assign leads/opportunities to sales teams and salespeople. A standard practice is to assign leads based on the probability of winning each lead. Companies can prioritize the leads that are more likely to result in successful deals by quickly assigning them to the appropriate salespeople." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:10 @@ -3734,7 +3734,7 @@ msgid "Predictive lead scoring" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:16 -msgid "Predictive lead scoring is a machine-learning model that uses historical data from Odoo *CRM* to score open leads/opportunities." +msgid "Predictive lead scoring is a machine-learning model that uses historical data from Odoo **CRM** to score open leads/opportunities." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:19 @@ -3793,83 +3793,83 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The probability of success displayed on the opportunity form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:53 msgid "When an opportunity moves to the next stage, its probability of success automatically increases according to the predictive lead scoring algorithm." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:62 -msgid "Predictive lead scoring is always active in Odoo *CRM*. However, the variables used to calculate the probability of success can be customized in the settings." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:61 +msgid "Predictive lead scoring is always active in Odoo **CRM**. However, the variables used to calculate the probability of success can be customized in the settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:64 msgid "To customize the variables used by predictive lead scoring, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under :guilabel:`Predictive Lead Scoring`, click on the :guilabel:`Update Probabilities` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:69 -msgid "Then, click on the drop-down menu to choose which variables the predictive lead scoring feature will take into account." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:68 +msgid "Then, click on the drop-down menu to choose which variables the predictive lead scoring feature takes into account." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:-1 msgid "The Update Probabilities window in the Predictive Lead Scoring settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:74 msgid "Any number of the following variables can be activated:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:76 msgid ":guilabel:`State`: the geographical state from which the opportunity originates" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:77 msgid ":guilabel:`Country`: the geographical country from which the opportunity originates" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:78 msgid ":guilabel:`Phone Quality`: whether or not a phone number is listed for the opportunity" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:79 msgid ":guilabel:`Email Quality`: whether or not an email address is listed for the opportunity" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:80 msgid ":guilabel:`Source`: the source of an opportunity (e.g. search engine, social media)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:81 msgid ":guilabel:`Language`: the spoken language specified on the opportunity" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:82 msgid ":guilabel:`Tags`: the tags placed on the opportunity" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:85 msgid "The variables `Stage` and `Team` are always in effect. `Stage` refers to the CRM pipeline stage that an opportunity is in. `Team` refers to the sales team that is assigned to an opportunity. Predictive lead scoring *always* takes into account these two variables, regardless of which optional variables are selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:92 -msgid "Next, click on the date field next to the option :guilabel:`Consider leads created as of the:` to select the date from which predictive lead scoring will begin its calculations." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:90 +msgid "Next, click on the date field next to the option :guilabel:`Consider leads created as of the:` to select the date from which predictive lead scoring begins its calculations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:93 msgid "Lastly, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to save changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:96 msgid "Change the probability manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:98 msgid "An opportunity's probability of success can be changed manually on the opportunity form. Click on the probability number to edit it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:104 -msgid "Manually changing the probability removes the automatic probability updates for that opportunity. The probability will no longer update automatically as the opportunity moves through each stage of the pipeline." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:102 +msgid "Manually changing the probability removes the automatic probability updates for that opportunity. The probability no longer automatically updates as the opportunity moves through each stage of the pipeline." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:106 msgid "To reactivate automatic probability, click on the gear icon next to the probability percentage." msgstr "" @@ -3877,67 +3877,67 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The gear icon used to reactivate automatic probability on an opportunity form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:112 msgid "Assign leads based on probability" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:117 -msgid "Odoo *CRM* can assign leads/opportunities to sales teams and salespeople based on specified rules. Create assignment rules based on the leads' probability of success to prioritize those that are more likely to result in deals." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:114 +msgid "Odoo **CRM** can assign leads/opportunities to sales teams and salespeople based on specified rules. Create assignment rules based on the leads' probability of success to prioritize those that are more likely to result in leads and opportunities." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:119 msgid "Configure rule-based assignment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:121 msgid "To activate *rule-based assignment*, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Settings`, and activate :guilabel:`Rule-Based Assignment`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:127 -msgid "The rule-based assignment feature can be set to run :guilabel:`Manually`, meaning an Odoo user must manually trigger the assignment, or :guilabel:`Repeatedly`, meaning Odoo will automatically trigger the assignment according to the chosen time period." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:124 +msgid "The rule-based assignment feature can be set to run :guilabel:`Manually`, meaning an Odoo user must manually trigger the assignment, or :guilabel:`Repeatedly`, meaning Odoo automatically triggers the assignment according to the chosen time period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:131 -msgid "To set up automatic lead assignment, select :guilabel:`Repeatedly` for the :guilabel:`Running` section. Then, customize how often Odoo will trigger the automatic assignment in the :guilabel:`Repeat every` section." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:128 +msgid "To configure automatic lead assignment, select :guilabel:`Repeatedly` for the :guilabel:`Running` section. The frequency of this automatic assignment is customized within the :guilabel:`Repeat every` section. Enter a specific number and select a corresponding time period to establish the desired interval. Time periods range from :guilabel:`Minutes` to :guilabel:`Weeks`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:-1 msgid "The Rule-Based Assignment setting in CRM settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:139 -msgid "If rule-based assignment is set to run :guilabel:`Repeatedly`, the assignment can still be triggered manually using the circular arrow icon in the :guilabel:`Rule-Based Assignment` settings (or using the :guilabel:`Assign Leads` button on the sales team configuration page)." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:136 +msgid "If :guilabel:`rule-based assignment` is set to run :guilabel:`Repeatedly`, the assignment can still be triggered manually using the circular arrow icon in the :guilabel:`Rule-Based Assignment` settings, or using the :guilabel:`Assign Leads` button on the sales team configuration page. Once a lead has been assigned to a salesperson via this rule, the leads are automatically converted into an opportunity by the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:143 msgid "Configure assignment rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:146 -msgid "Next, configure the *assignment rules* for each sales team and/or salesperson. These rules determine which leads Odoo assigns to which people. To get started, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Sales Teams`, and select a sales team." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:145 +msgid "Next, configure the *assignment rules* for each sales team or salesperson. These rules determine which leads Odoo assigns to which people. To get started, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Sales Teams`, and select a sales team." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:149 msgid "On the sales team configuration form, under :guilabel:`Assignment Rules`, click on :guilabel:`Edit Domain` to configure the rules that Odoo uses to determine lead assignment for this sales team. The rules can include anything that may be relevant for this company or team, and any number of rules can be added." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:155 -msgid "Click :guilabel:`Add Filter` to start creating assignment rules. Click on the :guilabel:`+` sign on the right of the assignment rule to add another line. Click on the :guilabel:`x` symbol to remove the line." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:154 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Add Filter` to start creating assignment rules. Click on the :icon:`fa-plus-circle` sign on the right of the assignment rule to add another line. Click on the :guilabel:`x` symbol to remove the line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:158 msgid "To create an assignment rule based on an opportunity's probability of success, click on the far left drop-down menu of an assignment rule line, and select :guilabel:`Probability`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:161 msgid "From the middle drop-down menu, select the desired equation symbol—most likely the symbol for *greater than*, *less than*, *greater than or equal to*, or *less than or equal to*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:164 msgid "In the far right space, enter the desired number value of the probability. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:168 msgid "To configure an assignment rule such that a sales team receives leads that have a probability of success of 20% or greater, create a :guilabel:`Domain` line that reads: `Probability >= 20`." msgstr "" @@ -3945,16 +3945,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Sales team domain set to probability greater than or equal to twenty percent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:174 msgid "Separate assignment rules can also be configured for individual team members. From the sales team configuration page, click on a team member in the :guilabel:`Members` tab, then edit the :guilabel:`Domain` section. Click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:178 msgid "If automatic lead assignment is configured in the settings, both the sales team and individual team members have the option to :guilabel:`Skip auto assignment`. Check this box to omit a particular sales team or salesperson from being assigned leads automatically by Odoo's rule-based assignment feature. If :guilabel:`Skip auto assignment` is activated, the sales team or salesperson can still be assigned leads manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:186 -msgid "To manually assign leads to this sales team, click on the :guilabel:`Assign Leads` button at the top of the sales team configuration page. This will assign any leads that are currently unassigned and match this team's specified domain." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:184 +msgid "To manually assign leads to this sales team, click on the :guilabel:`Assign Leads` button at the top of the sales team configuration page. This assigns any leads that are currently unassigned and match this team's specified domain." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/marketing_attribution.rst:3 @@ -12295,340 +12295,234 @@ msgid "Down payments" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:5 -msgid "A down payment is an initial, up-front payment made during the confirmation of a sales transaction. Down payments reduce the risk for both parties (the seller and the buyer) as they indicate a mutual commitment to complete the sales transaction." +msgid "A down payment is an initial up-front payment made during the confirmation of a sales transaction. With a down payment, the buyer pays a portion of the total amount owed while agreeing to pay the remaining amount at a later date. In turn, the seller provides goods or services to the buyer upon or after accepting the down payment, trusting that the remaining amount will be paid later on." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:9 -msgid "With a down payment, the buyer pays a portion of the total amount owed while agreeing to pay the remaining amount at a later date. In turn, the seller provides goods or services to the buyer upon or after accepting the down payment, trusting that the remaining amount will be paid later on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:10 msgid "In the Odoo **Sales** app, down payments can be customized to fit the needs of each individual sales transaction." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:14 msgid "Create invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:19 -msgid "When a sales order is confirmed, the option to create an invoice becomes available, via the :guilabel:`Create Invoice` button. When clicked, a :guilabel:`Create invoice(s)` pop-up appears." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:16 +msgid "When a sales order is confirmed, the option to create an invoice becomes available via the :guilabel:`Create Invoice` button. When clicked, a :guilabel:`Create invoice(s)` pop-up appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:-1 -msgid "Create invoices pop-up form that appears in Odoo Sales." +msgid "Create invoice(s) pop-up form that appears in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:27 -msgid "Invoices are automatically created as drafts, so they can be reviewed before validation." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:23 +msgid "Invoices are automatically created as drafts so they can be reviewed before validation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:29 -msgid "On the :guilabel:`Create invoices` pop-up, there are 3 options to choose from in the :guilabel:`Create Invoice` field:" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:25 +msgid "On the :guilabel:`Create invoice(s)` pop-up, there are 3 options to choose from in the :guilabel:`Create Invoice` field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:28 msgid ":guilabel:`Regular invoice`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:33 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:37 msgid ":guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:38 msgid ":guilabel:`Down payment (fixed amount)`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:33 msgid "Initial down payment request" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:35 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Create invoice(s)` pop-up window, the down payment options are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:44 -msgid "Select the desired down payment option, then designate the desired amount, either as a percentage or a fixed amount, in the :guilabel:`Down Payment Amount` field." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:40 +msgid "Select a down payment option and set the desired payment, either as a percentage or a fixed amount, in the :guilabel:`Down Payment Amount` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:43 msgid "Once all fields are filled in, click the :guilabel:`Create Draft` button. Upon clicking this button, Odoo reveals the :guilabel:`Customer Invoice Draft`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:47 +msgid "If an :guilabel:`Invalid Operation` error appears, double-check that the :doc:`invoicing policy ` is configured correctly. In some cases, for example, the invoicing policy is configured to require delivery before sending an invoice." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:51 -msgid "If an :guilabel:`Invalid Operation` error appears, double-check that the :doc:`invoicing policy ` is configured correctly. In some cases, for example, the invoicing policy is configured to require delivery before invoicing." +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab of the :guilabel:`Customer Invoice Draft`, the down payment that was just configured in the :guilabel:`Create invoice(s)` pop-up form appears under a new :guilabel:`Down Payments` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:55 -msgid "In the :guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab of the :guilabel:`Customer Invoice Draft`, the down payment that was just configured in the :guilabel:`Create invoices` pop-up form appears as a :guilabel:`Product`." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:58 +msgid "Example: requesting a 50% down payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:62 -msgid "Example: request 50% down payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:65 -msgid "The following example involves a 50% amount down payment on a product (:guilabel:`Cabinet with Doors`) with :guilabel:`Ordered quantities` as the :guilabel:`Invoicing Policy`." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:61 +msgid "The following example involves a 50% amount down payment on a (:guilabel:`Cabinet with Doors`) with :guilabel:`Ordered quantities` as the :guilabel:`Invoicing Policy`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:0 msgid "Cabinet with doors product form showcasing various details and fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:73 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:287 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:255 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:238 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:71 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:166 -msgid ":doc:`invoicing_policy`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:75 -msgid "First, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> New`, and add a :guilabel:`Customer` to the quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:78 -msgid "Then, click :guilabel:`Add a product` in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, and select the :guilabel:`Cabinet with Doors` product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:81 -msgid "When the order is confirmed (via the :guilabel:`Confirm` button), the quotation turns into a sales order. Once this occurs, create and view the invoice by clicking :guilabel:`Create Invoice`." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:67 +msgid "Navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> New`, and add a :guilabel:`Customer` to the quotation. Then, click :guilabel:`Add a product` in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, and select the :guilabel:`Cabinet with Doors` product. When the order is confirmed (via the :guilabel:`Confirm` button), the quotation turns into a sales order. Once this occurs, create and view the invoice by clicking :guilabel:`Create Invoice`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:-1 msgid "Cabinet with doors sales order that's been confirmed in the Odoo Sales application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:88 -msgid "Next, on the :guilabel:`Create invoices` pop-up window that appears, select :guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`, and type `50` in the :guilabel:`Down Payment Amount` field." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:76 +msgid "Next, on the :guilabel:`Create invoice(s)` pop-up window that appears, select :guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`, and type `50` in the :guilabel:`Down Payment` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:92 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Income Account` attached to the :guilabel:`Down payment` product can be changed." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:80 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Income Account` attached to the :guilabel:`Down payment` can be changed. For more information, check out the documentation on :ref:`income account modification on down payments `. A :guilabel:`Down payment Account` can also be set on a product category. If set, this account is prioritized for future down payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:94 -msgid "For more information, check out the documentation on :ref:`income account modification on down payments `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:97 -msgid "A :guilabel:`Down payment Account` can also be set on a product category. If set, this account is prioritized." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:100 -msgid "Lastly, click :guilabel:`Create Draft Invoice` to create and view the invoice draft." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:102 -msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Create Draft Invoice` reveals the draft invoice, which includes the down payment as a :guilabel:`Product` in the :guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:105 -msgid "From there, the invoice can be confirmed and posted by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`. Confirming the invoice changes the status from :guilabel:`Draft` to :guilabel:`Posted`. It also reveals a new series of buttons at the top of the page." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:85 +msgid "Lastly, click :guilabel:`Create Draft Invoice` to create and view the invoice draft, which includes the down payment under the :guilabel:`Down Payments` section of the :guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab. From there, the invoice can be confirmed and posted by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`. Confirming the invoice changes the status from :guilabel:`Draft` to :guilabel:`Posted`. It also reveals a new series of buttons at the top of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:-1 msgid "A sample draft invoice with down payment mentioned in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:113 -msgid "From those buttons, the payment can be registered by clicking :guilabel:`Register Payment`." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:94 +msgid "From those buttons, the payment can be registered by clicking :guilabel:`Pay`. Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Pay` pop-up form, which is auto-populated with the necessary information. Confirm the information provided is correct, and make any necessary adjustments. When ready, click the :guilabel:`Create Payment` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:-1 -msgid "Showcase of the Register Payment button on a confirmed customer invoice." +msgid "Showcase of the Pay pop-up window with create payment button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:119 -msgid "Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Register Payment` pop-up form, which is auto-populated with the necessary information. Confirm the information provided is correct, and make any necessary adjustments. When ready, click the :guilabel:`Create Payment` button." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:102 +msgid "After clicking :guilabel:`Create Payment`, Odoo reveals the customer invoice, now with a green :guilabel:`In Payment` or :guilabel:`Paid` banner in the upper-right corner, depending on how the database has configured and if manual confirmation of payments is required." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:-1 -msgid "Showcase of the Register Payment pop-up window with create payment button." +msgid "Customer Invoice with a green Paid banner located in the upper-right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:127 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:255 -msgid "After clicking :guilabel:`Create Payment`, Odoo reveals the customer invoice, now with a green :guilabel:`In Payment` banner in the upper-right corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:-1 -msgid "Customer Invoice with a green In Payment banner located in the upper-right corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:134 -msgid "Now, when the customer wants to pay the remaining amount of the order, another invoice must be created. To do that, return to the sales order, via the breadcrumb links." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:137 -msgid "Back on the sales order, a new :guilabel:`Down Payments` section is present in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, along with the down payment that was just invoiced and posted." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:109 +msgid "On the sales order, a new :guilabel:`Down Payments` section is present in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, along with the down payment that was just invoiced and posted. When the customer wants to pay the remaining amount of the order, another invoice must be created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:-1 msgid "The down payments section in the order lines tab of a sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:144 -msgid "Next, click the :guilabel:`Create Invoice` button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:146 -msgid "On the :guilabel:`Create invoices` pop-up window that appears, there are two new fields: :guilabel:`Already invoiced` and :guilabel:`Amount to invoice`." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:116 +msgid "Next, click the :guilabel:`Create Invoice` button. On the :guilabel:`Create invoice(s)` pop-up window that appears, there is a new field: :guilabel:`Already invoiced` and :guilabel:`Amount to invoice`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:-1 -msgid "The deduct down payment option on the create invoices pop up in Odoo Sales." +msgid "The deduct down payment option on the Create invoice(s) pop up in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:123 msgid "If the remaining amount is ready to be paid, select the :guilabel:`Regular Invoice` option. Odoo will create an invoice for the exact amount needed to complete the total payment, as indicated in the :guilabel:`Amount to invoice` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:157 -msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Create Draft Invoice`." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:127 +msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Create Draft Invoice`. Doing so reveals another :guilabel:`Customer Invoice Draft` page, listing all the invoices for that specific sales order in the :guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab. Each invoice line item displays all the necessary information related to each invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:159 -msgid "Doing so reveals another :guilabel:`Customer Invoice Draft` page, listing *all* the invoices for that specific sales order in the :guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab. Each invoice line item displays all the necessary information related to each invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:163 -msgid "To complete the flow, click :guilabel:`Confirm`, which changes the status of the invoice from :guilabel:`Draft` to :guilabel:`Posted`. Then, click :guilabel:`Register Payment`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:166 -msgid "Once again, the :guilabel:`Register Payment` appears, with all fields auto-populated with the necessary information, including the remaining amount left to be paid on the order." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:132 +msgid "To complete the flow, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to change the status of the invoice from :guilabel:`Draft` to :guilabel:`Posted`. Then, click :guilabel:`Pay`. The :guilabel:`Pay` form appears, with all fields auto-populated with the necessary information, including the remaining amount left to be paid on the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:-1 -msgid "The second register payment pop-up form in Odoo sales." +msgid "The second Pay pop-up form in Odoo sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:173 -msgid "After confirming that information, click :guilabel:`Create Payment`. Doing so reveals the final :guilabel:`Customer Invoice` with a green :guilabel:`In Payment` banner in the upper-right corner. Also, both down payments are present in the :guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:140 +msgid "After confirming that information, click :guilabel:`Create Payment`. Doing so reveals the final :guilabel:`Customer Invoice` with a green :guilabel:`In Payment` or :guilabel:`Paid` banner in the upper-right corner, depending on how the database has configured and if manual confirmation of payments is required. Upon returning to the sales order, both down payments are present in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:-1 -msgid "The second down payment invoice with in payment banner in Odoo Sales." +msgid "The second down payment invoice with Paid banner in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:149 +msgid "At this point, the flow is now complete. This flow is also possible with the :guilabel:`Fixed amount` down payment option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:153 +msgid "If a down payment is used with a product that has a :guilabel:`Delivered quantities` invoicing policy, and the cost of the product exceeds the 50% down payment, a regular invoice is created. However, for products that cost less than the 50% down payment, the down payments will not be able to be deducted when it comes time to invoice the customer. This is because the product(s) would have to be delivered *before* creating the final invoice due to Odoo not allowing negative totals for invoices. If nothing has been delivered, a :guilabel:`Credit Note` is created, which cancels the draft invoice that was created after the down payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:161 +msgid "To utilize the :guilabel:`Credit Note` option, the **Inventory** application must be installed in order to confirm the delivery. Otherwise, the delivered quantity can be entered manually directly on the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:168 +msgid "Example: requesting a 100% down payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:170 +msgid "Requesting a 100% down payment is similar to requesting a :ref:`50% down payment `, but with fewer steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:174 +msgid "A 100% down payment is not the same as a full payment of the sales order. A sales order paid through the regular invoice process will not allow any additional invoices to be generated and will not display the :guilabel:`Create Invoice` button on the Sales Order. Instead, following this example will cause the :guilabel:`Create Invoice` button to be displayed on the Sales Order. This is because the system expects another invoice to be created after the down payment to complete payment of the sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:181 -msgid "At this point, the flow is now complete." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:184 -msgid "This flow is also possible with the :guilabel:`Fixed amount` down payment option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:187 -msgid "If a down payment is used with a product that has a :guilabel:`Delivered quantities` invoicing policy, and the cost of the product *exceeds* the 50% down payment (as in most cases), a regular invoice is created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:191 -msgid "However, for products that cost *less* than the 50% down payment, the down payments will **not** be able to be deducted when it comes time to invoice the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:194 -msgid "This is because the product(s) would have to be delivered *before* creating the final invoice due to Odoo not allowing negative totals for invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:197 -msgid "If nothing has been delivered, a :guilabel:`Credit Note` is created, which cancels the draft invoice that was created after the down payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:200 -msgid "To utilize the :guilabel:`Credit Note` option, the *Inventory* application must be installed, in order to confirm the delivery. Otherwise, the delivered quantity can be entered manually directly on the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:207 -msgid "Example: request 100% down payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:209 -msgid "The process of requesting a 100% down payment is similar to the process of setting up a :ref:`50% down payment `, but with fewer steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:213 -msgid "A 100% down payment is **not** the same as a full payment of the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:215 -msgid "A sales order paid through the regular invoice process will not allow any additional invoices to be generated, and **will not** display the *Create Invoice* button on the Sales Order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:218 -msgid "Following this example **will** cause the *Create Invoice* button to be displayed on the Sales Order. This is because Odoo expects another invoice to be created after the down payment to complete payment of the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:222 msgid "The *Solar Panel Installation* product is being used in this example." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:224 -msgid "To configure a 100% down payment, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> New`, and add a :guilabel:`Customer` to the quote." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:227 -msgid "Next, click :guilabel:`Add a product` in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, and select the `Solar Panel Installation` product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:230 -msgid "Upon clicking the :guilabel:`Confirm` button, the quotation turns into a sales order. At that point, an invoice can now be created by clicking :guilabel:`Create Invoice` in the top-left corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:233 -msgid "On the :guilabel:`Create invoices` pop-up window that appears, select :guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`, and type `100` in the :guilabel:`Down Payment Amount` field." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:183 +msgid "To configure a 100% down payment, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> New` and add a :guilabel:`Customer` to the quote. Next, click :guilabel:`Add a product` in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, and select the `Solar Panel Installation` product. Upon clicking the :guilabel:`Confirm` button, the quotation turns into a sales order. At that point, an invoice can now be created by clicking :guilabel:`Create Invoice` in the top-left corner. On the :guilabel:`Create invoice(s)` pop-up window that appears, select :guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`, and type `100` in the :guilabel:`Down Payment` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:-1 msgid "The Down payment (percentage) option selected with 100% set as the Down Payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:240 -msgid "Next, click :guilabel:`Create Draft Invoice` to create an invoice draft. This will also bring the draft invoice into view, which includes the :guilabel:`Down payment` as a :guilabel:`Product` in the :guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:194 +msgid "Next, click :guilabel:`Create Draft Invoice` to create an invoice draft. This will also bring the draft invoice into view, which includes the :guilabel:`Down payment` under the :guilabel:`Down Payments` section of the :guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab. The invoice can now be confirmed and posted by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`. Confirming the invoice changes the status from :guilabel:`Draft` to :guilabel:`Posted`. It also reveals a new series of buttons at the top of the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:244 -msgid "The invoice can now be confirmed and posted by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`. Confirming the invoice changes the status from :guilabel:`Draft` to :guilabel:`Posted`. It also reveals a new series of buttons at the top of the page." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:200 +msgid "The payment can be registered by clicking the :guilabel:`Pay` button. This brings up the :guilabel:`Pay` pop-up form, which is auto-populated with the necessary information. When ready, click the :guilabel:`Create Payment` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:248 -msgid "The payment can be registered by clicking the :guilabel:`Register Payment` button." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:204 +msgid "After clicking :guilabel:`Create Payment`, Odoo reveals the customer invoice, now with a green :guilabel:`In Payment` or :guilabel:`Paid` banner in the upper-right corner, depending on how the database has configured and if manual confirmation of payments is required. The process is now complete, and the 100% down payment has been successfully applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:250 -msgid "Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Register Payment` pop-up form, which is auto-populated with the necessary information. Confirm the information provided is correct and make any necessary adjustments. When ready, click the :guilabel:`Create Payment` button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:262 -msgid "The process is now complete, and the 100% down payment has been successfully applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:212 msgid "Income account modification on down payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:269 -msgid "To change or adjust the income account attached to the :guilabel:`Down Payment` product page, the *Accounting* app **must** be installed." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:215 +msgid "To change or adjust the income account attached to down payments, the **Accounting** app must be installed. With the **Accounting** app installed, the :guilabel:`Accounting` column becomes available on the draft invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:272 -msgid "Navigate to the :guilabel:`Products` page (:menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products`), search for the `Down Payment` product in the search bar, and select it to reveal the product detail page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:276 -msgid "With the *Accounting* app installed, the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab becomes available on the product page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:279 -msgid "In the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab, the income account can be changed in the :guilabel:`Income Account` field, located in the :guilabel:`Receivables` section." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:219 +msgid "Navigate to the invoice to be modified by going to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Orders`. Open an order, then click the :guilabel:`Invoices` smart button. Open an invoice, click the drop-down arrow on the entry in the :guilabel:`Account` column and click :guilabel:`Search more...` to bring up the :guilabel:`Search: Account` form. In this form, a different account can be chosen from the list of pre-existing accounts. A new account can also be created by clicking the :guilabel:`New` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:-1 -msgid "How to modify the income account link to down payments." +msgid "The Search:Account form with existing accounts displayed and a button to create a new\n" +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:166 +msgid ":doc:`invoicing_policy`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3 @@ -14643,26 +14537,26 @@ msgid "How the pricelists page looks in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:36 -msgid "If there is no specific pricelist configured on a sales quotation, the :guilabel:`Default` pricelist is applied." +msgid "If there is no specific pricelist configured on a sales quotation, the :guilabel:`Default` pricelist is applied. The :guilabel:`Default` pricelist is the first pricelist found in :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Pricelists` without an assigned :guilabel:`Country Group`. Odoo will read the :guilabel:`Pricelist Name` column from top to bottom to determine the :guilabel:`Default` pricelist." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:43 msgid "The :guilabel:`Selectable` column is only applicable to Odoo **eCommerce**. This option allows website visitors to choose a pricelist when shopping in your **eCommerce** website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:47 msgid "In Odoo 17 (and above), you are *not required* to enter a pricelist in the :guilabel:`Pricelist` field on a sales quotation form in order to confirm it (i.e. turn it into a sales order)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:50 msgid "The chatter section is available on pricelist forms, which allows you to add notes and communications on each pricelist page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:54 msgid "Creating and editing pricelists" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:56 msgid "From the :guilabel:`Pricelists` page, either select the pricelist to edit, or click :guilabel:`New` to create a new pricelist, which reveals a blank pricelist form that can be configured in a number of different ways." msgstr "" @@ -14670,51 +14564,51 @@ msgstr "" msgid "How the pricelist detail form looks in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:63 msgid "When creating a new pricelist, start by adding a name for the pricelist at the blank field at top of the form. Next, select which :guilabel:`Currency` should be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:66 msgid "If working in a multi-company environment, select which company this pricelist should apply to in the :guilabel:`Company` field. If this field is left blank, the pricelist is automatically applied to all companies in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:70 msgid "If working in a multinational company, select the countries where this pricelist will apply under the :guilabel:`Country Groups` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:76 msgid "Price Rules tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:78 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Price Rules` tab, each line creates a new record that will implement customized pricing to the sales order where the pricelist is applied. To create a new price rule, click on :guilabel:`Add a line`, which opens a new pricelist rules form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:82 msgid "Then, select whether to apply this set of rules to a :guilabel:`Product` or :guilabel:`Category`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:84 msgid "From here, there are several configuration options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:86 msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: If selected in the :guilabel:`Apply To` field, use this field to choose one or more products to which this pricelist will apply." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:88 msgid ":guilabel:`Category`: Select one or more product categories to which this pricelist will apply." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:89 msgid ":guilabel:`Price Type`: Select whether the specialized pricing will fall under :guilabel:`Discount`, :guilabel:`Formula`, or :guilabel:`Fixed Price`. Depending on the price type, there will be additional configurations on how to apply the pricelist." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:93 msgid ":guilabel:`Discount`: Enter the percentage to be discounted. A mark-up can be configured by using a negative value in this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:97 msgid "If a pricelist is applied to a sales quotation with the discount :guilabel:`Price Type` set as :guilabel:`Discount`, the discount will visible to the customer." msgstr "" @@ -14726,43 +14620,43 @@ msgstr "" msgid "How a pricelist rule using Price Type: Discount appears on customer preview." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:106 msgid ":guilabel:`Formula`: Calculate the pricelist rules based the following configuration:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:108 msgid ":guilabel:`Discount`: Percentage discount to be applied. Negative values can be entered to increase prices." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:112 msgid "If a pricelist is applied to a sales quotation with the discount :guilabel:`Price Type` set as :guilabel:`Formula`, the discount will *not* be visible to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:115 msgid ":guilabel:`Round off to`: Numerical value to act as round-off multiple, to be applied after discount. The rounding method sets the price so that it is a multiple of the value in this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:120 msgid "Rounding is applied *after* the discount and *before* the extra fee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:122 msgid ":guilabel:`Extra Fee`: Fixed amount to be added or subtracted once :guilabel:`Discount` and :guilabel:`Round off to` have been applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:124 msgid ":guilabel:`Fixed Price`: Enter fixed price for this pricelist. When applied, all product lines in the quotation form will be updated to this price." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:127 msgid ":guilabel:`Min Qty`: Specify the minimum quantity of selected products for this pricelist to apply." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:129 msgid ":guilabel:`Validity Period`: Specify the start and end date during which this pricelist can be applied to quotations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133 msgid "To formulate a 100% markup (or two times the price of the product), with a $5 minimum margin, set the :guilabel:`Based price` field to :guilabel:`Sales Price` and the :guilabel:`Discount` to `-100`. This is often seen in retail situations." msgstr "" @@ -14770,7 +14664,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "How it looks to formulate a markup cost with 5 dollar minimum margin in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:141 msgid "To apply 20% discounts, with prices rounded up to 9.99, set the :guilabel:`Based on` field to :guilabel:`Sales Price`, the :guilabel:`Discount` field to `20`, the :guilabel:`Extra Fee` field to `-0.01`, and the :guilabel:`Rounding Method` field to `10`." msgstr "" @@ -14778,27 +14672,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of a 20% discount with prices rounded to 9.99 in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:149 msgid "To have prices that end in 9.99, set the :guilabel:`Rounding Method` to `10` and the :guilabel:`Extra Fee` to `-0.01`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:153 msgid "Recurring Prices tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:155 msgid "Time-based rules are used specifically with subscription products. Be sure to check out the Odoo :doc:`Subscriptions ` documentation for more information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:158 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Recurring Prices` tab, pricelists are configured with the same options as in the :guilabel:`Price Rules` tab, with additional columns for :guilabel:`Product Variants` and :guilabel:`Recurring Plan`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:162 msgid ":guilabel:`Product Variants` are configured under products that have one or more values, such as color, size, etc. Once a product has been selected under the :guilabel:`Products Tab`, if applicable, select the desired product variants to be included in the price rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:166 msgid "Then, select the blank field in the :guilabel:`Recurring Plan` column to reveal a drop-down menu of pre-designated recurrence periods (e.g. `Monthly`, `Quarterly`, `Weekly`, etc.)." msgstr "" @@ -14806,7 +14700,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The recurring prices tab in a pricelist configuration form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:172 msgid "New recurrence periods can also be created from this column. To do so, type in the name for the new :guilabel:`Recurring Plan`, then select :guilabel:`Create` from the resulting drop-down menu to create the time period, which can be edited later. Alternatively, select :guilabel:`Create and edit...` to reveal a :guilabel:`Create Recurring Plan` pop-up form. From this pop-up form, the new recurrence period can be configured, with specific :guilabel:`Details`, :guilabel:`Self-Service`, and :guilabel:`Pricing` options. When the configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` button." msgstr "" @@ -14814,31 +14708,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Custom time period pop-up form in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:184 msgid "Lastly, add the desired price for this recurring price rule in the :guilabel:`Recurring Price` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:188 msgid ":doc:`../../../subscriptions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:191 msgid "Rental rules tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:193 msgid "Price rules can be configured for :doc:`rental products <../../../rental>` under the :guilabel:`Rental rules` tab, using the same methodology as the :guilabel:`Price Rules` and :guilabel:`Recurring Prices` tabs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:197 msgid "To add a rental rule, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and select a desired product in the :guilabel:`Products` column. Then, select any specific :guilabel:`Variants`, if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:200 msgid "Next, designate a :guilabel:`Period` of time for the rental rule (e.g. `Daily`, `Hourly`, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:202 msgid "Lastly, configure a :guilabel:`Price` for the rental rule in the respective column." msgstr "" @@ -14846,19 +14740,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The rental tab in a pricelist configuration form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:208 msgid ":doc:`Ecommerce price configuration `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:213 msgid "Customer pricelist application" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:215 msgid "While the default pricelist applied to any customer is the :guilabel:`Public Pricelist`, Odoo provides the opportunity to directly apply a different pricelist to customers on their contact form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:218 msgid "To do that, open the desired customer's contact form, either by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Customers` and selecting the customer from the main :guilabel:`Customers` page, or by clicking on the customer's name on a sales order." msgstr "" @@ -14866,7 +14760,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Sample customer detail form in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:226 msgid "On the desired customer's contact form, under the :guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` tab, in the :guilabel:`Sales` section, designate what pricelist should be applied to this specific customer from the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Pricelist` field." msgstr "" @@ -14874,63 +14768,63 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The pricelist field in a customer detail form in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:235 msgid "When a customer is added to the database, the default pricelist is automatically applied to them. There is **no way** to have a blank *Pricelist* field on a contact form. Even if that field is left blank, the default pricelist appears when that contact form is opened again." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:239 msgid "However, when that contact is added to a quotation, and the *Pricelist* field is auto-populated (based on the information from their contact form), that predetermined pricelist can be removed from the *Pricelist* field, and the quotation can still be confirmed, and subsequently, turned into a sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:245 msgid "Conditions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:247 msgid "At the bottom of the :guilabel:`Create Pricelist Rules` pop-up form is the :guilabel:`Conditions` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:250 msgid "Here, start by selecting one of the options in the :guilabel:`Apply On` field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:252 msgid ":guilabel:`All Products`: the advanced pricelist rule will be applied to all products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:253 msgid ":guilabel:`Product Category`: the advanced pricelist rule will be applied to a specific category of products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:255 msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the advanced pricelist rule will be applied to a specific product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:256 msgid ":guilabel:`Product Variant`: the advanced pricelist rule will be applied to a specific product variant." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:259 msgid "If any of those options, apart from :guilabel:`All Products`, are selected, a new option-specific field appears, in which the specific :guilabel:`Product Category`, :guilabel:`Product`, or :guilabel:`Product Variant` must be chosen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:263 msgid "Then, select a minimum quantity to be applied to the advanced pricelist rule in the :guilabel:`Min. Quantity` field. Lastly, select a range of dates for the pricelist item validation in the :guilabel:`Validity` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:267 msgid "Once all configurations are complete, either click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the advanced pricelist rule, or click :guilabel:`Save & New` to immediately create another advanced pricelist rule on a fresh form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:272 msgid "If a price rule is set for a particular product, and another one for its product category, Odoo takes the rule of the product itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:276 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:277 msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/prices`" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/studio.pot b/locale/sources/studio.pot index 95f3afe38..0daf3c4ee 100644 --- a/locale/sources/studio.pot +++ b/locale/sources/studio.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 18.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-10-17 08:58+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-12-10 08:58+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -779,7 +779,7 @@ msgid "Create a webhook in Odoo" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:38 -msgid "Before implementing a webhook in a live database, configure and test it using a :ref:`duplicate database ` to ensure the webhook performs as intended." +msgid "Before implementing a webhook in a live database, configure and test it using a :ref:`duplicate database ` to ensure the webhook performs as intended." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:42